/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp

Bug Summary

File:	src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp
Warning:	line 8703, column 9 Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

Show analyzer invocation

clang -cc1 -cc1 -triple amd64-unknown-openbsd7.0 -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name SemaCodeComplete.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -mrelocation-model static -mframe-pointer=all -relaxed-aliasing -fno-rounding-math -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -tune-cpu generic -debugger-tuning=gdb -fcoverage-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -resource-dir /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj/../include/clang/Sema -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/llvm/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj/../include -D NDEBUG -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D LLVM_PREFIX="/usr" -internal-isystem /usr/include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -ferror-limit 19 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fwrapv -stack-protector 2 -fno-rtti -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -fno-builtin-malloc -fno-builtin-calloc -fno-builtin-realloc -fno-builtin-valloc -fno-builtin-free -fno-builtin-strdup -fno-builtin-strndup -analyzer-output=html -faddrsig -D__GCC_HAVE_DWARF2_CFI_ASM=1 -o /home/ben/Projects/vmm/scan-build/2022-01-12-194120-40624-1 -x c++ /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp

→

1//===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9//  This file defines the code-completion semantic actions.
10//
11//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12#include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h"
13#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
14#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
15#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
16#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
17#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
18#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
20#include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
23#include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h"
24#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
25#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
26#include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
29#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
30#include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h"
31#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
49#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
50#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
51#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
52#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
53#include <list>
54#include <map>
55#include <string>
56#include <vector>

58using namespace clang;
59using namespace sema;

61namespace {
62/// A container of code-completion results.
63class ResultBuilder {
64public:
/// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the
/// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in
/// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be
/// filtered out (returns false).
typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const;

typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

73private:
/// The actual results we have found.
std::vector<Result> Results;

/// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed
/// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into
/// the result set twice.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound;

typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair;

/// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store
/// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but
/// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings.
class ShadowMapEntry {
  typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector;

  /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector
  /// of (declaration, index) pairs.
  llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector;

  /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is
  /// the index associated with that entry.
  unsigned SingleDeclIndex;

public:
  ShadowMapEntry() : DeclOrVector(), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
  ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete;
  ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); }
  ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete;
  ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) {
    SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex;
    DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector;
    Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr;
    return *this;
  }

  void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) {
    if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) {
      // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information.
      DeclOrVector = ND;
      SingleDeclIndex = Index;
      return;
    }

    if (const NamedDecl *PrevND =
            DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) {
      // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the
      // existing declaration.
      DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector;
      Vec->push_back(DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex));
      DeclOrVector = Vec;
    }

    // Add the new element to the end of the vector.
    DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back(
        DeclIndexPair(ND, Index));
  }

  ~ShadowMapEntry() {
    if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec =
            DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) {
      delete Vec;
      DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr);
    }
  }

  // Iteration.
  class iterator;
  iterator begin() const;
  iterator end() const;
};

/// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
/// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of
/// results.
typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;

/// The semantic analysis object for which results are being
/// produced.
Sema &SemaRef;

/// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings.
CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;

CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo;

/// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion
/// results that are not desirable.
LookupFilter Filter;

/// Whether we should allow declarations as
/// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out.
bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers;

/// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value
/// declarations to have.
///
/// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's
/// priority.
CanQualType PreferredType;

/// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at
/// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy.
std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;

/// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup.
/// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another.
llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry>
    OverloadMap;

/// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set
/// of qualifiers applied to the object type.
Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers;
/// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads.
ExprValueKind ObjectKind;

/// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active.
bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers;

/// The selector that we prefer.
Selector PreferredSelector;

/// The completion context in which we are gathering results.
CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext;

/// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation
/// object.
ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation;

void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R);

void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R);

207public:
explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
                       CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
                       const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext,
                       LookupFilter Filter = nullptr)
    : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo),
      Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false),
      HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext),
      ObjCImplementation(nullptr) {
  // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the
  // corresponding implementation.
  switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) {
  case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression:
  case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver:
  case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
  case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement:
  case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery:
    if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl())
      if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
        if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface())
          ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation();
    break;

  default:
    break;
  }
}

/// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration.
unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D);

/// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion
/// results.
bool includeCodePatterns() const {
  return SemaRef.CodeCompleter &&
         SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns();
}

/// Set the filter used for code-completion results.
void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; }

Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); }
unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); }
bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); }

/// Specify the preferred type.
void setPreferredType(QualType T) {
  PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
}

/// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering
/// calls to member functions.
///
/// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter
/// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a
/// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier
/// match.
void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) {
  ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals;
  ObjectKind = Kind;
  HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true;
}

/// Set the preferred selector.
///
/// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that
/// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method
/// a slight priority boost.
void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; }

/// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are
/// being collected.
const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const {
  return CompletionContext;
}

/// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed.
void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) {
  AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow;
}

/// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting
/// code completion results.
Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; }

/// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings.
CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; }

CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; }

/// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting
/// as a code-completion result.
///
/// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting.
///
/// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is
/// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier.
bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND,
                       bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const;

/// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration.
///
/// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if
/// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be
/// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra
/// qualification).
bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext,
                       const NamedDecl *Hiding);

/// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one
/// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a
/// redeclaration).
///
/// \param R the result to add (if it is unique).
///
/// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named.
void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr);

/// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know
/// the hiding declaration (if any).
///
/// \param R the result to add (if it is unique).
///
/// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named.
///
/// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result.
///
/// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base
/// class of the searched context.
void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding,
               bool InBaseClass);

/// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set.
void AddResult(Result R);

/// Enter into a new scope.
void EnterNewScope();

/// Exit from the current scope.
void ExitScope();

/// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again.
void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(D->getCanonicalDecl()); }

/// Add a visited context.
void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
  CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx);
}

/// \name Name lookup predicates
///
/// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the
/// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that
///
//@{
bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
//@}
380};
381} // namespace

383void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
if (isa<BlockDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
  if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) {
    ComputeType = nullptr;
    Type = BSI->ReturnType;
    ExpectedLoc = Tok;
  }
} else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
  ComputeType = nullptr;
  Type = Function->getReturnType();
  ExpectedLoc = Tok;
} else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
  ComputeType = nullptr;
  Type = Method->getReturnType();
  ExpectedLoc = Tok;
}
401}

403void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
ComputeType = nullptr;
Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType();
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
410}

412static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig);

414void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok,
                                                    QualType BaseType,
                                                    const Designation &D) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
ComputeType = nullptr;
Type = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D);
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
422}

424void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument(
  SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
this->ComputeType = ComputeType;
Type = QualType();
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
431}

433void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok,
                                        SourceLocation LParLoc) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
// expected type for parenthesized expression does not change.
if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc)
  ExpectedLoc = Tok;
440}

442static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS,
                                          tok::TokenKind Op) {
if (!LHS)
  return QualType();

QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
if (LHSType->isPointerType()) {
  if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal)
    return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType();
  // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer.
  if (Op == tok::minus)
    return LHSType;
}

switch (Op) {
// No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS.
case tok::comma:
  return QualType();
// Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these.
// Arithmetic operations.
case tok::plus:
case tok::plusequal:
case tok::minus:
case tok::minusequal:
case tok::percent:
case tok::percentequal:
case tok::slash:
case tok::slashequal:
case tok::star:
case tok::starequal:
// Assignment.
case tok::equal:
// Comparison operators.
case tok::equalequal:
case tok::exclaimequal:
case tok::less:
case tok::lessequal:
case tok::greater:
case tok::greaterequal:
case tok::spaceship:
  return LHS->getType();
// Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those.
case tok::greatergreater:
case tok::greatergreaterequal:
case tok::lessless:
case tok::lesslessequal:
  if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
    return S.getASTContext().IntTy;
  return QualType();
// Logical operators, assume we want bool.
case tok::ampamp:
case tok::pipepipe:
case tok::caretcaret:
  return S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
// Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type
// of the left argument.
case tok::pipe:
case tok::pipeequal:
case tok::caret:
case tok::caretequal:
case tok::amp:
case tok::ampequal:
  if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
    return LHSType;
  return QualType();
// RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give
// any particular type here.
case tok::periodstar:
case tok::arrowstar:
  return QualType();
default:
  // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion.
  // assert(false && "unhandled binary op");
  return QualType();
}
517}

519/// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is
520/// preferred type of the whole unary expression.
521static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType,
                                         tok::TokenKind Op) {
switch (Op) {
case tok::exclaim:
  return S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
case tok::amp:
  if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType())
    return ContextType->getPointeeType();
  return QualType();
case tok::star:
  if (ContextType.isNull())
    return QualType();
  return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(ContextType.getNonReferenceType());
case tok::plus:
case tok::minus:
case tok::tilde:
case tok::minusminus:
case tok::plusplus:
  if (ContextType.isNull())
    return S.getASTContext().IntTy;
  // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type.
  return ContextType;
case tok::kw___real:
case tok::kw___imag:
  return QualType();
default:
  assert(false && "unhandled unary op")((void)0);
  return QualType();
}
550}

552void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS,
                                     tok::TokenKind Op) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
ComputeType = nullptr;
Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op);
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
559}

561void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
                                        Expr *Base) {
if (!Enabled || !Base)
  return;
// Do we have expected type for Base?
if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc())
  return;
// Keep the expected type, only update the location.
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
return;
571}

573void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
                                    tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                    SourceLocation OpLoc) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
ComputeType = nullptr;
Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind);
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
581}

583void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
                                        Expr *LHS) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
ComputeType = nullptr;
Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy;
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
590}

592void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok,
                                       QualType CastType) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
ComputeType = nullptr;
Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType();
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
599}

601void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) {
if (!Enabled)
  return;
ComputeType = nullptr;
Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
ExpectedLoc = Tok;
607}

609class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator {
llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator;
unsigned SingleDeclIndex;

613public:
typedef DeclIndexPair value_type;
typedef value_type reference;
typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category;

class pointer {
  DeclIndexPair Value;

public:
  pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {}

  const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; }
};

iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}

iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index)
    : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {}

iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator)
    : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}

iterator &operator++() {
  if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) {
    DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr;
    SingleDeclIndex = 0;
    return *this;
  }

  const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>();
  ++I;
  DeclOrIterator = I;
  return *this;
}

/*iterator operator++(int) {
  iterator tmp(*this);
  ++(*this);
  return tmp;
}*/

reference operator*() const {
  if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>())
    return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex);

  return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>();
}

pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); }

friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
  return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() ==
             Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() &&
         X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex;
}

friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
  return !(X == Y);
}
673};

675ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator
676ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const {
if (DeclOrVector.isNull())
  return iterator();

if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>())
  return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex);

return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin());
684}

686ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator
687ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const {
if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull())
  return iterator();

return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end());
692}

694/// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context
695/// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext).
696///
697/// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used.
698///
699/// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is
700/// typically based on the current scope.
701///
702/// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually
703/// resides.
704///
705/// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or
706/// NULL if no qualification is needed.
707static NestedNameSpecifier *
708getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext,
                       const DeclContext *TargetContext) {
SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents;

for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext;
     CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext);
     CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) {
  if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() ||
      CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod())
    continue;

  TargetParents.push_back(CommonAncestor);
}

NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr;
while (!TargetParents.empty()) {
  const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val();

  if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent)) {
    if (!Namespace->getIdentifier())
      continue;

    Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Result, Namespace);
  } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Parent))
    Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
        Context, Result, false, Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr());
}
return Result;
736}

738// Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show.
739// Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a
740// system header.
741static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) {
ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = ND->isReserved(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
// Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls.
if ((Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::NotReserved) &&
    (Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::StartsWithUnderscoreAtGlobalScope) &&
    ND->getLocation().isInvalid())
  return true;

// For system headers ignore only double-underscore names.
// This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single
// underscore.
if (Status == ReservedIdentifierStatus::StartsWithDoubleUnderscore &&
    SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(
        SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(ND->getLocation())))
  return true;

return false;
758}

760bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND,
                                    bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const {
AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;

auto *Named = ND;
ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();

// Skip unnamed entities.
if (!ND->getDeclName())
  return false;

// Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never
// added as results.
if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared)
  return false;

// Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results.
if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND) ||
    isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(ND))
  return false;

// Using declarations themselves are never added as results.
if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
  return false;

if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef))
  return false;

if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier ||
    (isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace &&
     Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr))
  AsNestedNameSpecifier = true;

// Filter out any unwanted results.
if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) {
  // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier.
  if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
      IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) &&
      (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember ||
       (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) &&
        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) {
    AsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
    return true;
  }

  return false;
}
// ... then it must be interesting!
return true;
809}

811bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext,
                                    const NamedDecl *Hiding) {
// In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name.
// FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary
// name if we introduce the tag type.
if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
  return true;

const DeclContext *HiddenCtx =
    R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();

// There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method.
if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod())
  return true;

if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())
  return true;

// We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it.
R.Hidden = true;
R.QualifierIsInformative = false;

if (!R.Qualifier)
  R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext,
                                         R.Declaration->getDeclContext());
return false;
837}

839/// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two
840/// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities.
841SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) {
switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
case Type::Builtin:
  switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
  case BuiltinType::Void:
    return STC_Void;

  case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
    return STC_Pointer;

  case BuiltinType::Overload:
  case BuiltinType::Dependent:
    return STC_Other;

  case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
  case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
  case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
    return STC_ObjectiveC;

  default:
    return STC_Arithmetic;
  }

case Type::Complex:
  return STC_Arithmetic;

case Type::Pointer:
  return STC_Pointer;

case Type::BlockPointer:
  return STC_Block;

case Type::LValueReference:
case Type::RValueReference:
  return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType());

case Type::ConstantArray:
case Type::IncompleteArray:
case Type::VariableArray:
case Type::DependentSizedArray:
  return STC_Array;

case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
case Type::Vector:
case Type::ExtVector:
  return STC_Arithmetic;

case Type::FunctionProto:
case Type::FunctionNoProto:
  return STC_Function;

case Type::Record:
  return STC_Record;

case Type::Enum:
  return STC_Arithmetic;

case Type::ObjCObject:
case Type::ObjCInterface:
case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
  return STC_ObjectiveC;

default:
  return STC_Other;
}
906}

908/// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration
909/// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form.
910QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) {
ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();

if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND))
  return C.getTypeDeclType(Type);
if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))
  return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Iface);

QualType T;
if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction())
  T = Function->getCallResultType();
else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
  T = Method->getSendResultType();
else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND))
  T = C.getTypeDeclType(cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext()));
else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND))
  T = Property->getType();
else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND))
  T = Value->getType();

if (T.isNull())
  return QualType();

// Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to
// get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is
// used.
do {
  if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
    T = Ref->getPointeeType();
    continue;
  }

  if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
      T = Pointer->getPointeeType();
      continue;
    }

    break;
  }

  if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
    T = Block->getPointeeType();
    continue;
  }

  if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
    T = Function->getReturnType();
    continue;
  }

  break;
} while (true);

return T;
965}

967unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) {
if (!ND)
  return CCP_Unlikely;

// Context-based decisions.
const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext();
if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
  // _cmd is relatively rare
  if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND))
    if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() &&
        ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd"))
      return CCP_ObjC_cmd;

  return CCP_LocalDeclaration;
}

const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC)) {
  // Explicit destructor calls are very rare.
  if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND))
    return CCP_Unlikely;
  // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare.
  auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind();
  if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
      DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
      DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
    return CCP_Unlikely;
  return CCP_MemberDeclaration;
}

// Content-based decisions.
if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(ND))
  return CCP_Constant;

// Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C
// message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as
// likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations.
if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
    !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement ||
      CompletionContext.getKind() ==
          CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver ||
      CompletionContext.getKind() ==
          CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression))
  return CCP_Type;

return CCP_Declaration;
1013}

1015void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) {
// If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our
// preferred selector, give it a priority boost.
if (!PreferredSelector.isNull())
  if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration))
    if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector())
      R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch;

// If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly-
// matching or nearly-matching types.
if (!PreferredType.isNull()) {
  QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, R.Declaration);
  if (!T.isNull()) {
    CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
    // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers).
    if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC))
      R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch;
    // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each.
    else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) ==
              getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) &&
             !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType()))
      R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch;
  }
}
1039}

1041static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context,
                                                const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
DeclarationName ConstructorName =
    Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
        Context.getCanonicalType(RecordTy));
return Record->lookup(ConstructorName);
1048}

1050void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) {
if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration ||
    !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults())
  return;

const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration;
const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D))
  Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))) {
  // Skip specializations and partial specializations.
  if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record))
    return;
} else {
  // There are no constructors here.
  return;
}

Record = Record->getDefinition();
if (!Record)
  return;

for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(SemaRef.Context, Record)) {
  R.Declaration = Ctor;
  R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration);
  Results.push_back(R);
}
1077}

1079static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) {
if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
  ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
1083}

1085void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) {
assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope")((void)0);

if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) {
  // For non-declaration results, just add the result.
  Results.push_back(R);
  return;
}

// Look through using declarations.
if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
  CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(),
                              getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()),
                              R.Qualifier);
  Result.ShadowDecl = Using;
  MaybeAddResult(Result, CurContext);
  return;
}

const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl();
unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace();

bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier))
  return;

// C++ constructors are never found by name lookup.
if (isConstructor(R.Declaration))
  return;

ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back();
ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd;
ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(R.Declaration->getDeclName());
if (NamePos != SMap.end()) {
  I = NamePos->second.begin();
  IEnd = NamePos->second.end();
}

for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
  const NamedDecl *ND = I->first;
  unsigned Index = I->second;
  if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) {
    // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration.
    Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration;

    // We're done.
    return;
  }
}

// This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this
// declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer
// scope.
std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end();
--SMEnd;
for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
  ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd;
  ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(R.Declaration->getDeclName());
  if (NamePos != SM->end()) {
    I = NamePos->second.begin();
    IEnd = NamePos->second.end();
  }
  for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
    // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
    if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
        (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
                 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
      continue;

    // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
    if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) ||
         (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
        I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
      continue;

    // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map.
    if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, I->first))
      return;

    break;
  }
}

// Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once.
if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(CanonDecl).second)
  return;

// If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a
// nested-name-specifier.
if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) {
  R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
  R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier;
} else
  AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R);

// If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one.
if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier &&
    !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
  const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext();
  if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx))
    R.Qualifier =
        NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace);
  else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx))
    R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
        SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false,
        SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr());
  else
    R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
}

// Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow
// map.
SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(R.Declaration, Results.size());
Results.push_back(R);

if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier)
  MaybeAddConstructorResults(R);
1202}

1204static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) {
R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass;
R.InBaseClass = true;
1207}

1209enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated };
1210// Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent?
1211// Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is
1212// always called, BothViable if either may be called dependending on arguments.
1213// Precondition: must actually be overloads!
1214static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate,
                                      const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent,
                                      const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals,
                                      ExprValueKind ObjectKind) {
// Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere.
if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext())
  return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() ||
    Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() ||
    Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() !=
        Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments())
  return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I)
  if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() !=
      Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType())
    return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
if (!llvm::empty(Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) ||
    !llvm::empty(Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()))
  return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
// At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on
// arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere).
RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier();
RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier();
if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) {
  // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier
  // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code).

  // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to
  // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare).
  if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue)
    return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates
                                     : OverloadCompare::Dominated;
}
// Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state).
// So make some decision based on the qualifiers.
Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers();
Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers();
bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(IncumbentQual);
bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(CandidateQual);
if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset)
  return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates
                         : OverloadCompare::Dominated;
1257}

1259void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext,
                            NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false) {
if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) {
  // For non-declaration results, just add the result.
  Results.push_back(R);
  return;
}

// Look through using declarations.
if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
  CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(),
                              getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()),
                              R.Qualifier);
  Result.ShadowDecl = Using;
  AddResult(Result, CurContext, Hiding);
  return;
}

bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier))
  return;

// C++ constructors are never found by name lookup.
if (isConstructor(R.Declaration))
  return;

if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding))
  return;

// Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once.
if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second)
  return;

// If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a
// nested-name-specifier.
if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) {
  R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
  R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier;
} else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier &&
           InBaseClass &&
           isa<CXXRecordDecl>(
               R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
  R.QualifierIsInformative = true;

// If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one.
if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier &&
    !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
  const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext();
  if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx))
    R.Qualifier =
        NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace);
  else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx))
    R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
        SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false,
        SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr());
  else
    R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
}

// Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class.
if (InBaseClass)
  setInBaseClass(R);

AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R);

if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers)
  if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.Declaration))
    if (Method->isInstance()) {
      Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers();
      if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals)
        R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch;
      else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) {
        // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop
        // qualifiers.
        return;
      }
      // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked.
      switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) {
        case RQ_LValue:
          if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst())
            return;
          break;
        case RQ_RValue:
          if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue)
            return;
          break;
        case RQ_None:
          break;
      }

      /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should
      /// be suppressed (or vice versa).
      /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin().
      auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair(
          CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())];
      for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) {
        Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second];
        switch (compareOverloads(*Method,
                                 *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration),
                                 ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) {
        case OverloadCompare::Dominates:
          // Replace the dominated overload with this one.
          // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we
          // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case.
          Incumbent = std::move(R);
          return;
        case OverloadCompare::Dominated:
          // This overload can't be called, drop it.
          return;
        case OverloadCompare::BothViable:
          break;
        }
      }
      OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size());
    }

// Insert this result into the set of results.
Results.push_back(R);

if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier)
  MaybeAddConstructorResults(R);
1380}

1382void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) {
assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration &&((void)0)
       "Declaration results need more context")((void)0);
Results.push_back(R);
1386}

1388/// Enter into a new scope.
1389void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); }

1391/// Exit from the current scope.
1392void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() {
ShadowMaps.pop_back();
1394}

1396/// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1397/// ordinary name lookup.
1398bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();

// If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a
// context where it behaves like an ordinary name.
unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
  IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member;
else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
  if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND))
    return true;
}

return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS;
1412}

1414/// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1415/// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name.
1416bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
  return false;
// Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they
// can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out
// @class declarations though.
if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) {
  if (!ID->getDefinition())
    return false;
}

unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
  IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member;
else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
  if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND))
    return true;
}

return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS;
1437}

1439bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))
  return 0;

if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
  if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
    return true;

return false;
1448}

1450/// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1451/// ordinary name lookup.
1452bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();

unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
  IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;

return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(ND) &&
       !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND);
1461}

1463/// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the
1464/// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace.
1465bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
// Allow us to find class templates, too.
if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
  ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();

return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(ND);
1471}

1473/// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration.
1474bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
return isa<EnumDecl>(ND);
1476}

1478/// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct.
1479bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
// Allow us to find class templates, too.
if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
  ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();

// For purposes of this check, interfaces match too.
if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND))
  return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Class || RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct ||
         RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface;

return false;
1490}

1492/// Determines whether the given declaration is a union.
1493bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
// Allow us to find class templates, too.
if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
  ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();

if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND))
  return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Union;

return false;
1502}

1504/// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace.
1505bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND);
1507}

1509/// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or
1510/// namespace alias.
1511bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
1513}

1515/// Determines whether the given declaration is a type.
1516bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
return isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
1519}

1521/// Determines which members of a class should be visible via
1522/// "." or "->".  Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and
1523/// using declarations thereof should show up.
1524bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
return isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) ||
       isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND);
1528}

1530static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
T = C.getCanonicalType(T);
switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
case Type::ObjCObject:
case Type::ObjCInterface:
case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
  return true;

case Type::Builtin:
  switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
  case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
  case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
  case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
    return true;

  default:
    break;
  }
  return false;

default:
  break;
}

if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
  return false;

// FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a
// particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now,
// just accept all class types.
return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType();
1561}

1563bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND);
if (T.isNull())
  return false;

T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T);
return isObjCReceiverType(SemaRef.Context, T);
1570}

1572bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(
  const NamedDecl *ND) const {
if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND))
  return true;

const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND);
if (!Var)
  return false;

return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
1582}

1584bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) ||
    (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)))
  return false;

QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND);
if (T.isNull())
  return false;

T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T);
return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
       T->isObjCIdType() ||
       (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType());
1597}

1599bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
return false;
1601}

1603/// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C
1604/// instance variable.
1605bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND);
1607}

1609namespace {

1611/// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result
1612/// for each visible declaration.
1613class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
ResultBuilder &Results;
DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx;
// NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See
// Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details.
CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass;
QualType BaseType;
std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;

1622public:
CodeCompletionDeclConsumer(
    ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx,
    QualType BaseType = QualType(),
    std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>())
    : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx),
      FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) {
  NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitialLookupCtx);
  // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'.
  if (BaseType.isNull()) {
    auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType();
    if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
      assert(ThisType->isPointerType())((void)0);
      BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType();
      if (!NamingClass)
        NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
    }
  }
  this->BaseType = BaseType;
}

void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
               bool InBaseClass) override {
  ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr,
                               false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts);
  Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass);
}

void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override {
  Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx);
}

1654private:
bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) {
  // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided
  // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)),
  // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the
  // member.
  auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass;
  QualType BaseType = this->BaseType;
  if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
    if (!NamingClass)
      NamingClass = Cls;
    // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might
    // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating
    // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking.
    if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() &&
        !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Cls)) {
      NamingClass = Cls;
      BaseType = QualType();
    }
  } else {
    // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks
    // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them
    // out.
    NamingClass = nullptr;
    BaseType = QualType();
  }
  return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(ND, NamingClass, BaseType);
}
1682};
1683} // namespace

1685/// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results.
1686static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                  ResultBuilder &Results) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
Results.AddResult(Result("short", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("long", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("signed", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("unsigned", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("void", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("char", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("int", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("float", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("double", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("enum", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("struct", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("union", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("const", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("volatile", CCP_Type));

if (LangOpts.C99) {
  // C99-specific
  Results.AddResult(Result("_Complex", CCP_Type));
  Results.AddResult(Result("_Imaginary", CCP_Type));
  Results.AddResult(Result("_Bool", CCP_Type));
  Results.AddResult(Result("restrict", CCP_Type));
}

CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
  // C++-specific
  Results.AddResult(
      Result("bool", CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0)));
  Results.AddResult(Result("class", CCP_Type));
  Results.AddResult(Result("wchar_t", CCP_Type));

  // typename name
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typename");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

  if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
    Results.AddResult(Result("auto", CCP_Type));
    Results.AddResult(Result("char16_t", CCP_Type));
    Results.AddResult(Result("char32_t", CCP_Type));

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("decltype");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  }
} else
  Results.AddResult(Result("__auto_type", CCP_Type));

// GNU keywords
if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) {
  // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point.
  //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32"));
  //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64"));
  //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128"));

  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
}

// Nullability
Results.AddResult(Result("_Nonnull", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("_Null_unspecified", CCP_Type));
Results.AddResult(Result("_Nullable", CCP_Type));
1764}

1766static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
                               const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                               ResultBuilder &Results) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
// Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both
// are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto"
// in C++0x as a type specifier.
Results.AddResult(Result("extern"));
Results.AddResult(Result("static"));

if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
  CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

  // alignas
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignas");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

  Results.AddResult(Result("constexpr"));
  Results.AddResult(Result("thread_local"));
}
1790}

1792static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
                                const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                ResultBuilder &Results) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
switch (CCC) {
case Sema::PCC_Class:
case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
  if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
    Results.AddResult(Result("explicit"));
    Results.AddResult(Result("friend"));
    Results.AddResult(Result("mutable"));
    Results.AddResult(Result("virtual"));
  }
  LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
case Sema::PCC_Template:
  if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99)
    Results.AddResult(Result("inline"));
  break;

case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
case Sema::PCC_Expression:
case Sema::PCC_Statement:
case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
case Sema::PCC_Condition:
case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
case Sema::PCC_Type:
case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
  break;
}
1826}

1828static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1829static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1830static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                   ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1832static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                       ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1834static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                  ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1836static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);

1838static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) {
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typedef");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1848}

1850// using name = type
1851static void AddUsingAliasResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
                              ResultBuilder &Results) {
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1860}

1862static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
                             const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
switch (CCC) {
case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
case Sema::PCC_Class:
case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
case Sema::PCC_Template:
case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
case Sema::PCC_Statement:
case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
case Sema::PCC_Type:
case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
  return true;

case Sema::PCC_Expression:
case Sema::PCC_Condition:
  return LangOpts.CPlusPlus;

case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
  return false;

case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
  return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99;
}

llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!")__builtin_unreachable();
1890}

1892static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context,
                                                const Preprocessor &PP) {
PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false;
Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true;
Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true;
Policy.SuppressScope = true;
return Policy;
1900}

1902/// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion.
1903static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) {
return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.Context, S.PP);
1905}

1907/// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string
1908/// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion.
1909///
1910/// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for
1911/// common type names.
1912static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context,
                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                                         CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) {
if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) {
  // Built-in type names are constant strings.
  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T))
    return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy);

  // Anonymous tag types are constant strings.
  if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T))
    if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl())
      if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) {
        switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
        case TTK_Struct:
          return "struct <anonymous>";
        case TTK_Interface:
          return "__interface <anonymous>";
        case TTK_Class:
          return "class <anonymous>";
        case TTK_Union:
          return "union <anonymous>";
        case TTK_Enum:
          return "enum <anonymous>";
        }
      }
}

// Slow path: format the type as a string.
std::string Result;
T.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
return Allocator.CopyString(Result);
1943}

1945/// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function.
1946static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) {
QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType();
if (ThisTy.isNull())
  return;

CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
    GetCompletionTypeString(ThisTy, S.Context, Policy, Allocator));
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("this");
Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1958}

1960static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
                                ResultBuilder &Results,
                                const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
  return;

Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_assert");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1974}

1976static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results,
                             const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
                             CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) {
Sema &S = Results.getSema();
const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(S.CurContext);
// If not inside a class/struct/union return empty.
if (!CR)
  return;
// First store overrides within current class.
// These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step.
llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides;
for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) {
  if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier())
    continue;
  Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method);
}

for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) {
  const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
  if (!BR)
    continue;
  for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) {
    if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier())
      continue;
    const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName());
    bool IsOverriden = false;
    if (it != Overrides.end()) {
      for (auto *MD : it->second) {
        // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual
        // function, then it overrides this one.
        if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) {
          IsOverriden = true;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    if (!IsOverriden) {
      // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and
      // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the
      // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk.
      std::string OverrideSignature;
      llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature);
      CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0);
      PrintingPolicy Policy =
          getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.getASTContext(), S.getPreprocessor());
      auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride(
          S.getPreprocessor(), S.getASTContext(), Builder,
          /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy);
      Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern));
    }
  }
}
2028}

2030/// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names.
2031static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S,
                                 Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) {
CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
switch (CCC) {
case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
      // namespace <identifier> { declarations }
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declarations");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }

    // namespace identifier = identifier ;
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("namespace");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // Using directives
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // asm(string-literal)
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("asm");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string-literal");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
      // Explicit template instantiation
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration");
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    } else {
      Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword));
    }
  }

  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
    AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, true);

  AddTypedefResult(Results);
  LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

case Sema::PCC_Class:
  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    // Using declaration
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier");
    Builder.AddTextChunk("::");
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
      AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results);

    // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context)
    if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) {
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using typename");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier");
      Builder.AddTextChunk("::");
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }

    AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts());

    if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) {
      AddTypedefResult(Results);

      bool IsNotInheritanceScope =
          !(S->getFlags() & Scope::ClassInheritanceScope);
      // public:
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("public");
      if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
        Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

      // protected:
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("protected");
      if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
        Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

      // private:
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("private");
      if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
        Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

      // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of
      // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have
      // more use-cases.
      AddOverrideResults(Results, CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion,
                         Builder);
    }
  }
  LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

case Sema::PCC_Template:
case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
    // template < parameters >
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameters");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  } else {
    Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword));
  }

  AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
  AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
  break;

case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
  AddObjCInterfaceResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
  AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
  AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
  break;

case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
  AddObjCImplementationResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
  AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
  AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
  break;

case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
  AddObjCVisibilityResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
  break;

case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
case Sema::PCC_Statement: {
  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
    AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results);

  AddTypedefResult(Results);

  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() &&
      SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) {
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("try");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("catch");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  }
  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
    AddObjCStatementResults(Results, true);

  if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
    // if (condition) { statements }
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
    else
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // switch (condition) { }
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("switch");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
    else
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("cases");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  }

  // Switch-specific statements.
  if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() &&
      !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
    // case expression:
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("case");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // default:
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("default");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  }

  if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
    /// while (condition) { statements }
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("while");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
    else
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // do { statements } while ( expression );
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("do");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("while");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements }
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-statement");
    else
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("inc-expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
      // for ( range_declaration (:|in) range_expression ) { statements }
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-declaration");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
        Builder.AddTextChunk("in");
      else
        Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-expression");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }
  }

  if (S->getContinueParent()) {
    // continue ;
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("continue");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  }

  if (S->getBreakParent()) {
    // break ;
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("break");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  }

  // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type.
  QualType ReturnType;
  if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
    ReturnType = Function->getReturnType();
  else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
    ReturnType = Method->getReturnType();
  else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() &&
           !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull())
    ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;;
  if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  } else {
    assert(!ReturnType.isNull())((void)0);
    // "return expression ;"
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return");
    Builder.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'.
    if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) {
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return true");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return false");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }
    // For pointers, suggest 'return nullptr' in C++.
    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
        (ReturnType->isPointerType() || ReturnType->isMemberPointerType())) {
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return nullptr");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }
  }

  // goto identifier ;
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("goto");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("label");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

  // Using directives
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

  AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts());
}
  LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

// Fall through (for statement expressions).
case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
case Sema::PCC_Condition:
  AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
  // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions.
  LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) {
    // (__bridge <type>)<expression>
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression>
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_transfer");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("Objective-C type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression>
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_retained");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("CF type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  }
  // Fall through
  LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];

case Sema::PCC_Expression: {
  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function.
    addThisCompletion(SemaRef, Results);

    // true
    Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("true");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // false
    Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("false");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) {
      // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression )
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("dynamic_cast");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }

    // static_cast < type-id > ( expression )
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_cast");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression )
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("reinterpret_cast");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // const_cast < type-id > ( expression )
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("const_cast");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) {
      // typeid ( expression-or-type )
      Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::type_info");
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeid");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }

    // new T ( ... )
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // new T [ ] ( ... )
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("size");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // delete expression
    Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    // delete [] expression
    Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) {
      // throw expression
      Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("throw");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }

    // FIXME: Rethrow?

    if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
      // nullptr
      Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::nullptr_t");
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr");
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

      // alignof
      Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

      // noexcept
      Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("noexcept");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

      // sizeof... expression
      Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof...");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter-pack");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
    }
  }

  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
    // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass.
    if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
      // The interface can be NULL.
      if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface())
        if (ID->getSuperClass()) {
          std::string SuperType;
          SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString();
          if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
            SuperType += " *";

          Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SuperType));
          Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super");
          Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
        }
    }

    AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, true);
  }

  if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
    // _Alignof
    Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
    if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined("alignof"))
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof");
    else
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("_Alignof");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  }

  // sizeof expression
  Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
  break;
}

case Sema::PCC_Type:
case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
  break;
}

if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
  AddTypeSpecifierResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);

if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type)
  Results.AddResult(Result("operator"));
2661}

2663/// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result
2664/// type chunk.
2665static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType,
                             CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
if (!ND)
  return;

// Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types
// built into their names.
if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND))
  return;

// Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type).
QualType T;
if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction())
  T = Function->getReturnType();
else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
  if (!BaseType.isNull())
    T = Method->getSendResultType(BaseType);
  else
    T = Method->getReturnType();
} else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) {
  T = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext()));
  T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(T, Context);
} else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(ND)) {
  /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/
} else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
  if (!BaseType.isNull())
    T = Ivar->getUsageType(BaseType);
  else
    T = Ivar->getType();
} else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
  T = Value->getType();
} else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) {
  if (!BaseType.isNull())
    T = Property->getUsageType(BaseType);
  else
    T = Property->getType();
}

if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy))
  return;

Result.AddResultTypeChunk(
    GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Result.getAllocator()));
2710}

2712static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP,
                           const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod,
                           CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>())
  if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) {
    if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
      Result.AddTextChunk(", nil");
    else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
      Result.AddTextChunk(", NULL");
    else
      Result.AddTextChunk(", (void*)0");
  }
2724}

2726static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals,
                                           QualType &Type) {
std::string Result;
if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
  Result += "in ";
else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
  Result += "inout ";
else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
  Result += "out ";
if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
  Result += "bycopy ";
else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
  Result += "byref ";
if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
  Result += "oneway ";
if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) {
  if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Type)) {
    switch (*nullability) {
    case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
      Result += "nonnull ";
      break;

    case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
      Result += "nullable ";
      break;

    case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
      Result += "null_unspecified ";
      break;

    case NullabilityKind::NullableResult:
      llvm_unreachable("Not supported as a context-sensitive keyword!")__builtin_unreachable();
      break;
    }
  }
}
return Result;
2763}

2765/// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C
2766/// block placeholder.
2767///
2768/// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to
2769/// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion
2770/// results.
2771static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
                                       FunctionTypeLoc &Block,
                                       FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
                                       bool SuppressBlock = false) {
if (!TSInfo)
  return;
TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
while (true) {
  // Look through typedefs.
  if (!SuppressBlock) {
    if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
      if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo =
              TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
        TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
        continue;
      }
    }

    // Look through qualified types
    if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) {
      TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
      continue;
    }

    if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) {
      TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc();
      continue;
    }
  }

  // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type,
  // then we're done.
  if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) {
    TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens();
    Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
    BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>();
  }
  break;
}
2810}

2812static std::string
2813formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl,
                     FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
                     bool SuppressBlockName = false,
                     bool SuppressBlock = false,
                     Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None);

2819static std::string
2820FormatFunctionParameter(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const ParmVarDecl *Param,
                      bool SuppressName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false,
                      Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None) {
// Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid.
// It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually avaliable.
// But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere.
if (!Param)
  return "int";
bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext());
if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() ||
    !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
  // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder
  // containing that parameter's type.
  std::string Result;

  if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName)
    Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->getName());

  QualType Type = Param->getType();
  if (ObjCSubsts)
    Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(Param->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts,
                                  ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
  if (ObjCMethodParam) {
    Result =
        "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type);
    Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")";
    if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName)
      Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName();
  } else {
    Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
  }
  return Result;
}

// The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with
// the appropriate type.
FunctionTypeLoc Block;
FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto;
findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto,
                             SuppressBlock);
// Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a
// parameter in a setter.
if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam &&
    cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) {
  if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())
                           ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false))
    findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto,
                                 SuppressBlock);
}

if (!Block) {
  // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names
  // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder.
  std::string Result;
  if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier())
    Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->getName());

  QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType();

  if (ObjCMethodParam) {
    Result = Type.getAsString(Policy);
    std::string Quals =
        formatObjCParamQualifiers(Param->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Type);
    if (!Quals.empty())
      Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")";
    if (Result.back() != ')')
      Result += " ";
    if (Param->getIdentifier())
      Result += Param->getIdentifier()->getName();
  } else {
    Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
  }

  return Result;
}

// We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was
// written in the source.
return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto,
                              /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock,
                              ObjCSubsts);
2901}

2903/// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block
2904/// declaration.
2905///
2906/// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type.
2907///
2908/// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type.
2909///
2910/// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block
2911/// declaration is included in the resulting string.
2912static std::string
2913formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl,
                     FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
                     bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock,
                     Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) {
std::string Result;
QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType();
if (ObjCSubsts)
  ResultType =
      ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(BlockDecl->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts,
                                   ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result);
if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock)
  ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);

// Format the parameter list.
std::string Params;
if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) {
  if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
    Params = "(...)";
  else
    Params = "(void)";
} else {
  Params += "(";
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
    if (I)
      Params += ", ";
    Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(I),
                                      /*SuppressName=*/false,
                                      /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts);

    if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
      Params += ", ...";
  }
  Params += ")";
}

if (SuppressBlock) {
  // Format as a parameter.
  Result = Result + " (^";
  if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier())
    Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName();
  Result += ")";
  Result += Params;
} else {
  // Format as a block literal argument.
  Result = '^' + Result;
  Result += Params;

  if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier())
    Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName();
}

return Result;
2965}

2967static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param,
                                       const SourceManager &SM,
                                       const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange();
CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(SrcRange);
bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid();
if (Invalid)
  return "";
StringRef srcText =
    Lexer::getSourceText(CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, &Invalid);
if (Invalid)
  return "";

if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=") {
  // Lexer can't determine the value.
  // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward
  // declared).
  return "";
}
std::string DefValue(srcText.str());
// FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and
// this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it
if (DefValue.at(0) != '=') {
  // If we don't have '=' in front of value.
  // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types
  // values with it.
  return " = " + DefValue;
}
return " " + DefValue;
2996}

2998/// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string.
2999static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP,
                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                                     const FunctionDecl *Function,
                                     CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
                                     unsigned Start = 0,
                                     bool InOptional = false) {
bool FirstParameter = true;

for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) {
  const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P);

  if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) {
    // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
    // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
    CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
                              Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
    if (!FirstParameter)
      Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
    AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Opt, P, true);
    Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
    break;
  }

  if (FirstParameter)
    FirstParameter = false;
  else
    Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);

  InOptional = false;

  // Format the placeholder string.
  std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param);
  if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
    PlaceholderStr +=
        GetDefaultValueString(Param, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts());

  if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1)
    PlaceholderStr += ", ...";

  // Add the placeholder string.
  Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
      Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
}

if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
  if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
    if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0)
      Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");

    MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result);
  }
3050}

3052/// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string.
3053static void AddTemplateParameterChunks(
  ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
  const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
  unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) {
bool FirstParameter = true;

// Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of
// the template.
Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl());

TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters();
TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end();
if (MaxParameters)
  PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters;
for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd;
     ++P) {
  bool HasDefaultArg = false;
  std::string PlaceholderStr;
  if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
    if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename())
      PlaceholderStr = "typename";
    else if (const auto *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) {
      llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PlaceholderStr);
      TC->print(OS, Policy);
      OS.flush();
    } else
      PlaceholderStr = "class";

    if (TTP->getIdentifier()) {
      PlaceholderStr += ' ';
      PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName();
    }

    HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
  } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP =
                 dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
    if (NTTP->getIdentifier())
      PlaceholderStr = std::string(NTTP->getIdentifier()->getName());
    NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy);
    HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument();
  } else {
    assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))((void)0);
    TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);

    // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would
    // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation.
    PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class";
    if (TTP->getIdentifier()) {
      PlaceholderStr += ' ';
      PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->getName();
    }

    HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
  }

  if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) {
    // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
    // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
    CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
                              Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
    if (!FirstParameter)
      Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
    AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Opt, MaxParameters,
                               P - Params->begin(), true);
    Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
    break;
  }

  InDefaultArg = false;

  if (FirstParameter)
    FirstParameter = false;
  else
    Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);

  // Add the placeholder string.
  Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
      Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
}
3132}

3134/// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the
3135/// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL.
3136static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
                                         NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                                         bool QualifierIsInformative,
                                         ASTContext &Context,
                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
if (!Qualifier)
  return;

std::string PrintedNNS;
{
  llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS);
  Qualifier->print(OS, Policy);
}
if (QualifierIsInformative)
  Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS));
else
  Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS));
3153}

3155static void
3156AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
                                     const FunctionDecl *Function) {
const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals())
  return;

// FIXME: Add ref-qualifier!

// Handle single qualifiers without copying
if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) {
  Result.AddInformativeChunk(" const");
  return;
}

if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) {
  Result.AddInformativeChunk(" volatile");
  return;
}

if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) {
  Result.AddInformativeChunk(" restrict");
  return;
}

// Handle multiple qualifiers.
std::string QualsStr;
if (Proto->isConst())
  QualsStr += " const";
if (Proto->isVolatile())
  QualsStr += " volatile";
if (Proto->isRestrict())
  QualsStr += " restrict";
Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(QualsStr));
3189}

3191/// Add the name of the given declaration
3192static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                            const NamedDecl *ND,
                            CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName();
if (!Name)
  return;

switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: {
  const char *OperatorName = nullptr;
  switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
  case OO_None:
  case OO_Conditional:
  case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
    OperatorName = "operator";
    break;

3209#define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)  \
case OO_##Name:                                                              \
  OperatorName = "operator" Spelling;                                        \
  break;
3213#define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)
3214#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"

  case OO_New:
    OperatorName = "operator new";
    break;
  case OO_Delete:
    OperatorName = "operator delete";
    break;
  case OO_Array_New:
    OperatorName = "operator new[]";
    break;
  case OO_Array_Delete:
    OperatorName = "operator delete[]";
    break;
  case OO_Call:
    OperatorName = "operator()";
    break;
  case OO_Subscript:
    OperatorName = "operator[]";
    break;
  }
  Result.AddTypedTextChunk(OperatorName);
  break;
}

case DeclarationName::Identifier:
case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
  Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
      Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
  break;

case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
  break;

case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: {
  CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
  QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType();
  if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>())
    Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
  else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>())
    Record = InjectedTy->getDecl();
  else {
    Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
    break;
  }

  Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
      Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Record->getNameAsString()));
  if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) {
    Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
    AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result);
    Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
  }
  break;
}
}
3277}

3279CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString(
  Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
  CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
  bool IncludeBriefComments) {
return CreateCodeCompletionString(S.Context, S.PP, CCContext, Allocator,
                                  CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments);
3285}

3287CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(
  Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
  CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) {
assert(Kind == RK_Macro)((void)0);
CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability);
const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(Macro);
Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Macro->getName()));

if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike())
  return Result.TakeString();

// Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments.
Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end();

// C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it.
if (MI->isC99Varargs()) {
  --AEnd;

  if (A == AEnd) {
    Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
  }
}

for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) {
  if (A != MI->param_begin())
    Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);

  if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) {
    SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName();
    if (MI->isC99Varargs())
      Arg += ", ...";
    else
      Arg += "...";
    Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
    break;
  }

  // Non-variadic macros are simple.
  Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
      Result.getAllocator().CopyString((*A)->getName()));
}
Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
return Result.TakeString();
3331}

3333/// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given
3334/// result.
3335///
3336/// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing
3337/// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the
3338/// result is all that is needed.
3339CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString(
  ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
  CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
  bool IncludeBriefComments) {
if (Kind == RK_Macro)
  return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo);

CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability);

PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Ctx, PP);
if (Kind == RK_Pattern) {
  Pattern->Priority = Priority;
  Pattern->Availability = Availability;

  if (Declaration) {
    Result.addParentContext(Declaration->getDeclContext());
    Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName();
    if (const RawComment *RC =
            getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) {
      Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx));
      Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment();
    }
  }

  return Pattern;
}

if (Kind == RK_Keyword) {
  Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Keyword);
  return Result.TakeString();
}
assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?")((void)0);
return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(
    PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy);
3373}

3375static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS,
                              std::string &BeforeName,
                              std::string &NameAndSignature) {
bool SeenTypedChunk = false;
for (auto &Chunk : CCS) {
  if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) {
    assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name")((void)0);
    // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature.
    printOverrideString(*Chunk.Optional, NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature);
    continue;
  }
  SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText;
  if (SeenTypedChunk)
    NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text;
  else
    BeforeName += Chunk.Text;
}
3392}

3394CodeCompletionString *
3395CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride(
  Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
  bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
  PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result,
                                              /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false,
                                              CCContext, Policy);
std::string BeforeName;
std::string NameAndSignature;
// For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative.
printOverrideString(*CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature);
NameAndSignature += " override";

Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(BeforeName));
Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(NameAndSignature));
return Result.TakeString();
3412}

3414// FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor
3415// types like std::function.
3416static const NamedDecl *extractFunctorCallOperator(const NamedDecl *ND) {
const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND);
if (!VD)
  return nullptr;
const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda())
  return nullptr;
return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator();
3424}

3426CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(
  Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
  bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
  PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration;
Result.addParentContext(ND->getDeclContext());

if (IncludeBriefComments) {
  // Add documentation comment, if it exists.
  if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) {
    Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx));
  }
}

if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
  Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
      Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
  Result.AddTextChunk("::");
  return Result.TakeString();
}

for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>())
  Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation()));

auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) {
  AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result);
  AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
                                 Ctx, Policy);
  AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, Result);
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result);
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function);
};

if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
  AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function);
  return Result.TakeString();
}

if (const auto *CallOperator =
        dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) {
  AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator);
  return Result.TakeString();
}

AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result);

if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl =
        dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
  AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
                                 Ctx, Policy);
  FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
  AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result);

  // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default
  // arguments).
  llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced;
  Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunTmpl, Deduced);
  unsigned LastDeducibleArgument;
  for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0;
       --LastDeducibleArgument) {
    if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) {
      // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so,
      // the user doesn't need to type this argument.
      // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better!
      bool HasDefaultArg = false;
      NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(
          LastDeducibleArgument - 1);
      if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param))
        HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
      else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP =
                   dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param))
        HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument();
      else {
        assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param))((void)0);
        HasDefaultArg =
            cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)->hasDefaultArgument();
      }

      if (!HasDefaultArg)
        break;
    }
  }

  if (LastDeducibleArgument) {
    // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a
    // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list
    // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument.
    Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
    AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result,
                               LastDeducibleArgument);
    Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
  }

  // Add the function parameters
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result);
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function);
  return Result.TakeString();
}

if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND)) {
  AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
                                 Ctx, Policy);
  Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
      Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Template->getNameAsString()));
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
  AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, Template, Result);
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
  return Result.TakeString();
}

if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
  Selector Sel = Method->getSelector();
  if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
    Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
    return Result.TakeString();
  }

  std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(0).str();
  SelName += ':';
  if (StartParameter == 0)
    Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName));
  else {
    Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName));

    // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty
    // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type.
    if (Method->param_size() == 1)
      Result.AddTypedTextChunk("");
  }
  unsigned Idx = 0;
  // The extra Idx < Sel.getNumArgs() check is needed due to legacy C-style
  // method parameters.
  for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
                                            PEnd = Method->param_end();
       P != PEnd && Idx < Sel.getNumArgs(); (void)++P, ++Idx) {
    if (Idx > 0) {
      std::string Keyword;
      if (Idx > StartParameter)
        Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(Idx))
        Keyword += II->getName();
      Keyword += ":";
      if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative)
        Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword));
      else
        Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword));
    }

    // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder.
    if (Idx < StartParameter)
      continue;

    std::string Arg;
    QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType();
    Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts;
    if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull())
      ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method);

    if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity)
      Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true,
                                    /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts);
    else {
      if (ObjCSubsts)
        ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs(
            Ctx, *ObjCSubsts, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
      Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
                                            ParamType);
      Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")";
      if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier())
        if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative)
          Arg += II->getName();
    }

    if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd)
      Arg += ", ...";

    if (DeclaringEntity)
      Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
    else if (AllParametersAreInformative)
      Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
    else
      Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
  }

  if (Method->isVariadic()) {
    if (Method->param_size() == 0) {
      if (DeclaringEntity)
        Result.AddTextChunk(", ...");
      else if (AllParametersAreInformative)
        Result.AddInformativeChunk(", ...");
      else
        Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(", ...");
    }

    MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result);
  }

  return Result.TakeString();
}

if (Qualifier)
  AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
                                 Ctx, Policy);

Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
    Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
return Result.TakeString();
3638}

3640const RawComment *clang::getCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx,
                                            const NamedDecl *ND) {
if (!ND)
  return nullptr;
if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND))
  return RC;

// Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods.
const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND);
if (!M)
  return nullptr;
const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl();
if (!PDecl)
  return nullptr;

return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl);
3656}

3658const RawComment *clang::getPatternCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx,
                                                   const NamedDecl *ND) {
const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND);
if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor())
  return nullptr;

// Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where
// GetterName is the getter method for a property with name
// different from the property name (declared via a property
// getter attribute.
const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl();
if (!PDecl)
  return nullptr;
if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() &&
    PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) {
  if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M))
    return RC;
  if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl))
    return RC;
}
return nullptr;
3679}

3681const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment(
  const ASTContext &Ctx,
  const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) {
auto FDecl = Result.getFunction();
if (!FDecl)
  return nullptr;
if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams())
  return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex));
return nullptr;
3690}

3692/// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion
3693/// string.
3694static void AddOverloadParameterChunks(ASTContext &Context,
                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                                     const FunctionDecl *Function,
                                     const FunctionProtoType *Prototype,
                                     CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
                                     unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0,
                                     bool InOptional = false) {
bool FirstParameter = true;
unsigned NumParams =
    Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams();

for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) {
  if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) {
    // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
    // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
    CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
                              Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
    if (!FirstParameter)
      Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
    // Optional sections are nested.
    AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype, Opt,
                               CurrentArg, P, /*InOptional=*/true);
    Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
    return;
  }

  if (FirstParameter)
    FirstParameter = false;
  else
    Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);

  InOptional = false;

  // Format the placeholder string.
  std::string Placeholder;
  if (Function) {
    const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P);
    Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param);
    if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
      Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, Context.getSourceManager(),
                                           Context.getLangOpts());
  } else {
    Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(P).getAsString(Policy);
  }

  if (P == CurrentArg)
    Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk(
        Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
  else
    Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
}

if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) {
  CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
                            Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  if (!FirstParameter)
    Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);

  if (CurrentArg < NumParams)
    Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
  else
    Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk("...");

  Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
}
3759}

3761CodeCompletionString *
3762CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString(
  unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
  CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool IncludeBriefComments) const {
PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
// Show signatures of constructors as they are declared:
//   vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n)
// This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases.
Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true;

// FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately.
CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1,
                             CXAvailability_Available);
FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction();
const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
    dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(getFunctionType());
if (!FDecl && !Proto) {
  // Function without a prototype. Just give the return type and a
  // highlighted ellipsis.
  const FunctionType *FT = getFunctionType();
  Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(
      FT->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy)));
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, "...");
  Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  return Result.TakeString();
}

if (FDecl) {
  if (IncludeBriefComments) {
    if (auto RC = getParameterComment(S.getASTContext(), *this, CurrentArg))
      Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(S.getASTContext()));
  }
  AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result);

  std::string Name;
  llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name);
  FDecl->getDeclName().print(OS, Policy);
  Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str()));
} else {
  Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(
      Proto->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy)));
}

Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
AddOverloadParameterChunks(S.getASTContext(), Policy, FDecl, Proto, Result,
                           CurrentArg);
Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);

return Result.TakeString();
3811}

3813unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName,
                                    const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                    bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) {
unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro;

// Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants.
if (MacroName.equals("nil") || MacroName.equals("NULL") ||
    MacroName.equals("Nil")) {
  Priority = CCP_Constant;
  if (PreferredTypeIsPointer)
    Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch;
}
// Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants.
else if (MacroName.equals("YES") || MacroName.equals("NO") ||
         MacroName.equals("true") || MacroName.equals("false"))
  Priority = CCP_Constant;
// Treat "bool" as a type.
else if (MacroName.equals("bool"))
  Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0);

return Priority;
3834}

3836CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) {
if (!D)
  return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl;

switch (D->getKind()) {
case Decl::Enum:
  return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
case Decl::EnumConstant:
  return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl;
case Decl::Field:
  return CXCursor_FieldDecl;
case Decl::Function:
  return CXCursor_FunctionDecl;
case Decl::ObjCCategory:
  return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl;
case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
  return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
  return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl;

case Decl::ObjCInterface:
  return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl;
case Decl::ObjCIvar:
  return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl;
case Decl::ObjCMethod:
  return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isInstanceMethod()
             ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl
             : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl;
case Decl::CXXMethod:
  return CXCursor_CXXMethod;
case Decl::CXXConstructor:
  return CXCursor_Constructor;
case Decl::CXXDestructor:
  return CXCursor_Destructor;
case Decl::CXXConversion:
  return CXCursor_ConversionFunction;
case Decl::ObjCProperty:
  return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl;
case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
  return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl;
case Decl::ParmVar:
  return CXCursor_ParmDecl;
case Decl::Typedef:
  return CXCursor_TypedefDecl;
case Decl::TypeAlias:
  return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl;
case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
  return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl;
case Decl::Var:
  return CXCursor_VarDecl;
case Decl::Namespace:
  return CXCursor_Namespace;
case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
  return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias;
case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
  return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter;
case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
  return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter;
case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
  return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter;
case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
  return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate;
case Decl::ClassTemplate:
  return CXCursor_ClassTemplate;
case Decl::AccessSpec:
  return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier;
case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
  return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization;
case Decl::UsingDirective:
  return CXCursor_UsingDirective;
case Decl::StaticAssert:
  return CXCursor_StaticAssert;
case Decl::Friend:
  return CXCursor_FriendDecl;
case Decl::TranslationUnit:
  return CXCursor_TranslationUnit;

case Decl::Using:
case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
  return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration;

case Decl::UsingEnum:
  return CXCursor_EnumDecl;

case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
  switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) {
  case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic:
    return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl;

  case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize:
    return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!")__builtin_unreachable();

case Decl::Import:
  return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl;

case Decl::ObjCTypeParam:
  return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter;

default:
  if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
    switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
    case TTK_Interface: // fall through
    case TTK_Struct:
      return CXCursor_StructDecl;
    case TTK_Class:
      return CXCursor_ClassDecl;
    case TTK_Union:
      return CXCursor_UnionDecl;
    case TTK_Enum:
      return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
    }
  }
}

return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl;
3954}

3956static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results,
                          bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined,
                          bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

Results.EnterNewScope();

for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(LoadExternal),
                                  MEnd = PP.macro_end(LoadExternal);
     M != MEnd; ++M) {
  auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(M->first);
  if (IncludeUndefined || MD) {
    MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo();
    if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard())
      continue;

    Results.AddResult(
        Result(M->first, MI,
               getMacroUsagePriority(M->first->getName(), PP.getLangOpts(),
                                     TargetTypeIsPointer)));
  }
}

Results.ExitScope();
3980}

3982static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                   ResultBuilder &Results) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

Results.EnterNewScope();

Results.AddResult(Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant));
Results.AddResult(Result("__FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant));
if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
  Results.AddResult(Result("__func__", CCP_Constant));
Results.ExitScope();
3993}

3995static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S,
                                    CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter,
                                    CodeCompletionContext Context,
                                    CodeCompletionResult *Results,
                                    unsigned NumResults) {
if (CodeCompleter)
  CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(*S, Context, Results, NumResults);
4002}

4004static CodeCompletionContext
4005mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) {
switch (PCC) {
case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel;

case Sema::PCC_Class:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion;

case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface;

case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation;

case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList;

case Sema::PCC_Template:
case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
  if (S.CurContext->isFileContext())
    return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel;
  if (S.CurContext->isRecord())
    return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion;
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other;

case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery;

case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
  if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 ||
      S.getLangOpts().ObjC)
    return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression;
  else
    return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression;

case Sema::PCC_Expression:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression;
case Sema::PCC_Condition:
  return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression,
                               S.getASTContext().BoolTy);

case Sema::PCC_Statement:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement;

case Sema::PCC_Type:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type;

case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression;

case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
  return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type;
}

llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!")__builtin_unreachable();
4060}

4062/// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results
4063/// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the
4064/// overridden function as well as adding new functionality.
4065///
4066/// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results.
4067///
4068/// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding
4069/// the code-completion point
4070static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext,
                                ResultBuilder &Results) {
// Look through blocks.
DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext;
while (isa<BlockDecl>(CurContext))
  CurContext = CurContext->getParent();

CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual())
  return;

// We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to
// generate a forwarding call.
for (auto P : Method->parameters())
  if (!P->getDeclName())
    return;

PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) {
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl())
    continue;

  // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now.
  if (!InContext) {
    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification(
        S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext());
    if (NNS) {
      std::string Str;
      llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
      NNS->print(OS, Policy);
      Builder.AddTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str()));
    }
  } else if (!InContext->Equals(Overridden->getDeclContext()))
    continue;

  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
      Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Overridden->getNameAsString()));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  bool FirstParam = true;
  for (auto P : Method->parameters()) {
    if (FirstParam)
      FirstParam = false;
    else
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);

    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
        Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName()));
  }
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
      Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod,
      CXAvailability_Available, Overridden));
  Results.Ignore(Overridden);
}
4126}

4128void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
                                  ModuleIdPath Path) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();

CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
if (Path.empty()) {
  // Enumerate all top-level modules.
  SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules;
  PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules);
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Modules[I]->Name));
    Results.AddResult(Result(
        Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
        Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available
                                  : CXAvailability_NotAvailable));
  }
} else if (getLangOpts().Modules) {
  // Load the named module.
  Module *Mod =
      PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
                                      /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false);
  // Enumerate submodules.
  if (Mod) {
    for (Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(),
                                    SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end();
         Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) {

      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
          Builder.getAllocator().CopyString((*Sub)->Name));
      Results.AddResult(Result(
          Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
          (*Sub)->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available
                                : CXAvailability_NotAvailable));
    }
  }
}
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
4174}

4176void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
                                  ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, CompletionContext));
Results.EnterNewScope();

// Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of
// values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are
// only allowed where we can have an expression.
switch (CompletionContext) {
case PCC_Namespace:
case PCC_Class:
case PCC_ObjCInterface:
case PCC_ObjCImplementation:
case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
case PCC_Template:
case PCC_MemberTemplate:
case PCC_Type:
case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
  Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName);
  break;

case PCC_Statement:
case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
case PCC_Expression:
case PCC_ForInit:
case PCC_Condition:
  if (WantTypesInContext(CompletionContext, getLangOpts()))
    Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
  else
    Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName);

  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
    MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results);
  break;

case PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
  // Unfiltered
  break;
}

// If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on
// the member function to filter/prioritize the results list.
auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType();
if (!ThisType.isNull())
  Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(),
                                  VK_LValue);

CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());

AddOrdinaryNameResults(CompletionContext, S, *this, Results);
Results.ExitScope();

switch (CompletionContext) {
case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
case PCC_Expression:
case PCC_Statement:
case PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
  if (S->getFnParent())
    AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
  break;

case PCC_Namespace:
case PCC_Class:
case PCC_ObjCInterface:
case PCC_ObjCImplementation:
case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
case PCC_Template:
case PCC_MemberTemplate:
case PCC_ForInit:
case PCC_Condition:
case PCC_Type:
case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
  break;
}

if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
  AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
4261}

4263static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
                                     ParsedType Receiver,
                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                                     bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper,
                                     ResultBuilder &Results);

4269void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
                              bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
                              bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ResultBuilder Results(
    *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
    CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
    AllowNestedNameSpecifiers
        // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we
        // need an existing symbol or a new one.
        ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName
        : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// Type qualifiers can come after names.
Results.AddResult(Result("const"));
Results.AddResult(Result("volatile"));
if (getLangOpts().C99)
  Results.AddResult(Result("restrict"));

if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
      (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct))
    Results.AddResult("final");

  if (AllowNonIdentifiers) {
    Results.AddResult(Result("operator"));
  }

  // Add nested-name-specifiers.
  if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) {
    Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
    Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy);
    CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
    LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer,
                       CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                       CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
    Results.setFilter(nullptr);
  }
}
Results.ExitScope();

// If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a
// declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could
// be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with
// the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions.
if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers &&
    DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier &&
    DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
    DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified &&
    DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&
    !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S &&
    (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 &&
    (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope |
                      Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) ==
        0) {
  ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType();
  if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType())
    AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, T, None, false, false, Results);
}

// Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not
// encourage using macros to produce the names of entities.

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
4336}

4338struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData {
CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(),
                           bool IsParenthesized = false)
    : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false),
      ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {}

QualType PreferredType;
bool IntegralConstantExpression;
bool ObjCCollection;
bool IsParenthesized;
SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls;
4349};

4351namespace {
4352/// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators.
4353struct CoveredEnumerators {
llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen;
NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr;
4356};
4357} // namespace

4359static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context,
                         EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext,
                         const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) {
NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier;
if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) {
  // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to
  // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they
  // may not be visible in this scope.
  Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum);
}

Results.EnterNewScope();
for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) {
  if (Enumerators.Seen.count(E))
    continue;

  CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier);
  Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, nullptr, false);
}
Results.ExitScope();
4379}

4381/// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g.
4382/// function pointers, std::function, etc).
4383static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) {
assert(!T.isNull())((void)0);
// Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar.
// Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote.
// We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl.
if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
  if (Specialization->getNumArgs() != 1)
    return nullptr;
  const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->getArg(0);
  if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type)
    return nullptr;
  return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
}
// Handle other cases.
if (T->isPointerType())
  T = T->getPointeeType();
return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4400}

4402/// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified
4403/// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names.
4404static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results,
                              llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters,
                              const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
if (!Results.includeCodePatterns())
  return;
CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(),
                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
// [](<parameters>) {}
Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("=");
Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
if (!Parameters.empty()) {
  Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  bool First = true;
  for (auto Parameter : Parameters) {
    if (!First)
      Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma);
    else
      First = false;

    constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!";
    std::string Type = std::string(NamePlaceholder);
    Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Type, PrintingPolicy(LangOpts));
    llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix;
    std::tie(Prefix, Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(NamePlaceholder);
    Prefix = Prefix.rtrim();
    Suffix = Suffix.ltrim();

    Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Prefix));
    Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter");
    Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Suffix));
  };
  Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
}
Completion.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("body");
Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);

Results.AddResult(Completion.TakeString());
4447}

4449/// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what
4450/// type we're looking for.
4451void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
                                const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) {
ResultBuilder Results(
    *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
    CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
    CodeCompletionContext(
        Data.IsParenthesized
            ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression
            : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression,
        Data.PreferredType));
auto PCC =
    Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression;
if (Data.ObjCCollection)
  Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection);
else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression)
  Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue);
else if (WantTypesInContext(PCC, getLangOpts()))
  Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
else
  Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName);

if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull())
  Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType());

// Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about.
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I)
  Results.Ignore(Data.IgnoreDecls[I]);

CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());

Results.EnterNewScope();
AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC, S, *this, Results);
Results.ExitScope();

bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false;
if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) {
  PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() ||
                           Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() ||
                           Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType();
  if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) {
    EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
    if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition())
      Enum = Def;
    // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like:
    //        if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {}
    AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, CoveredEnumerators());
  }
}

if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection &&
    !Data.IntegralConstantExpression)
  AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);

if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
  AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false,
                  PreferredTypeIsPointer);

// Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function.
if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
  if (const FunctionProtoType *F =
          TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType))
    AddLambdaCompletion(Results, F->getParamTypes(), getLangOpts());
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
4520}

4522void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType,
                                bool IsParenthesized) {
return CodeCompleteExpression(
    S, CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized));
4526}

4528void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E,
                                       QualType PreferredType) {
if (E.isInvalid())
  CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
else if (getLangOpts().ObjC)
  CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, E.get(), None, false);
4534}

4536/// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by
4537/// property name.
4538typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet;

4540/// Retrieve the container definition, if any?
4541static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) {
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
  if (Interface->hasDefinition())
    return Interface->getDefinition();

  return Interface;
}

if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
  if (Protocol->hasDefinition())
    return Protocol->getDefinition();

  return Protocol;
}
return Container;
4556}

4558/// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block
4559/// declaration \p BD.
4560static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                           CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
                           const NamedDecl *BD,
                           const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc,
                           const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) {
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
    GetCompletionTypeString(BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context,
                            Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));

AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, BD, Builder);
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);

if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) {
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
} else {
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
    if (I)
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);

    // Format the placeholder string.
    std::string PlaceholderStr =
        FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(I));

    if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc &&
        BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
      PlaceholderStr += ", ...";

    // Add the placeholder string.
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
  }
}

Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4594}

4596static void
4597AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
                ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories,
                bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext,
                AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results,
                bool IsBaseExprStatement = false,
                bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

// Retrieve the definition.
Container = getContainerDef(Container);

// Add properties in this container.
const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) {
  if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second)
    return;

  // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement
  // expressions.
  if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() ||
      !IsBaseExprStatement) {
    Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr);
    if (!InOriginalClass)
      setInBaseClass(R);
    Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
    return;
  }

  // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able
  // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block.
  FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc;
  FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc;
  findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(P->getTypeSourceInfo(), BlockLoc,
                               BlockProtoLoc);
  if (!BlockLoc) {
    Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr);
    if (!InOriginalClass)
      setInBaseClass(R);
    Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
    return;
  }

  // The default completion result for block properties should be the block
  // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement.
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(),
                   getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), Builder, P,
                   BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc);
  Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P));
  if (!InOriginalClass)
    setInBaseClass(R);
  Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);

  // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a
  // statement and the block property is mutable.
  if (!P->isReadOnly()) {
    CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
    AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(),
                       getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P,
                       CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder);
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getName()));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);

    std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder(
        getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc,
        BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true);
    // Add the placeholder string.
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));

    // When completing blocks properties that return void the default
    // property completion result should show up before the setter,
    // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default
    // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the
    // call.
    Result R =
        Result(Builder.TakeString(), P,
               Results.getBasePriority(P) +
                   (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType()
                        ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter
                        : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter));
    if (!InOriginalClass)
      setInBaseClass(R);
    Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
  }
};

if (IsClassProperty) {
  for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties())
    AddProperty(P);
} else {
  for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties())
    AddProperty(P);
}

// Add nullary methods or implicit class properties
if (AllowNullaryMethods) {
  ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext();
  PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema());
  // Adds a method result
  const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) {
    IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
    if (!Name)
      return;
    if (!AddedProperties.insert(Name).second)
      return;
    CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
    AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder);
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName()));
    Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M,
                      CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty);
    if (!InOriginalClass)
      setInBaseClass(R);
    Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
  };

  if (IsClassProperty) {
    for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) {
      // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property
      // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't
      // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter.
      if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() ||
          M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod())
        continue;
      AddMethod(M);
    }
  } else {
    for (auto *M : Container->methods()) {
      if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector())
        AddMethod(M);
    }
  }
}

// Add properties in referenced protocols.
if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
  for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols())
    AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
                      CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
                      IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
                      /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
} else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace =
               dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
  if (AllowCategories) {
    // Look through categories.
    for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories())
      AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
                        CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
                        IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
                        InOriginalClass);
  }

  // Look through protocols.
  for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols())
    AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
                      CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
                      IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
                      /*InOriginalClass*/ false);

  // Look in the superclass.
  if (IFace->getSuperClass())
    AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories,
                      AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties,
                      Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
                      /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
} else if (const auto *Category =
               dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
  // Look through protocols.
  for (auto *P : Category->protocols())
    AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
                      CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
                      IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
                      /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
}
4775}

4777static void AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(
  Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results, Scope *S, QualType BaseType,
  ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD, Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) {
// Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers
// for the base object type.
Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers(), BaseKind);

// Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union.
Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;
if (AccessOpFixIt)
  FixIts.emplace_back(AccessOpFixIt.getValue());
CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts));
SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer,
                           SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                           /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true,
                           SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal());

if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
  if (!Results.empty()) {
    // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar.
    // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something
    // is dependent.
    bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType();
    if (!IsDependent) {
      for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent())
        if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) {
          IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext();
          break;
        }
    }

    if (IsDependent)
      Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template"));
  }
}
4813}

4815// Returns the RecordDecl inside the BaseType, falling back to primary template
4816// in case of specializations. Since we might not have a decl for the
4817// instantiation/specialization yet, e.g. dependent code.
4818static RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl(const QualType BaseType) {
if (auto *RD = BaseType->getAsRecordDecl()) {
  if (const auto *CTSD =
          llvm::dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
    // Template might not be instantiated yet, fall back to primary template
    // in such cases.
    if (CTSD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared)
      RD = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl();
  }
  return RD;
}

if (const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
  if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(
          TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl())) {
    return TD->getTemplatedDecl();
  }
}

return nullptr;
4838}

4840namespace {
4841// Collects completion-relevant information about a concept-constrainted type T.
4842// In particular, examines the constraint expressions to find members of T.
4843//
4844// The design is very simple: we walk down each constraint looking for
4845// expressions of the form T.foo().
4846// If we're extra lucky, the return type is specified.
4847// We don't do any clever handling of && or || in constraint expressions, we
4848// take members from both branches.
4849//
4850// For example, given:
4851//   template <class T> concept X = requires (T t, string& s) { t.print(s); };
4852//   template <X U> void foo(U u) { u.^ }
4853// We want to suggest the inferred member function 'print(string)'.
4854// We see that u has type U, so X<U> holds.
4855// X<U> requires t.print(s) to be valid, where t has type U (substituted for T).
4856// By looking at the CallExpr we find the signature of print().
4857//
4858// While we tend to know in advance which kind of members (access via . -> ::)
4859// we want, it's simpler just to gather them all and post-filter.
4860//
4861// FIXME: some of this machinery could be used for non-concept type-parms too,
4862// enabling completion for type parameters based on other uses of that param.
4863//
4864// FIXME: there are other cases where a type can be constrained by a concept,
4865// e.g. inside `if constexpr(ConceptSpecializationExpr) { ... }`
4866class ConceptInfo {
4867public:
// Describes a likely member of a type, inferred by concept constraints.
// Offered as a code completion for T. T-> and T:: contexts.
struct Member {
  // Always non-null: we only handle members with ordinary identifier names.
  const IdentifierInfo *Name = nullptr;
  // Set for functions we've seen called.
  // We don't have the declared parameter types, only the actual types of
  // arguments we've seen. These are still valuable, as it's hard to render
  // a useful function completion with neither parameter types nor names!
  llvm::Optional<SmallVector<QualType, 1>> ArgTypes;
  // Whether this is accessed as T.member, T->member, or T::member.
  enum AccessOperator {
    Colons,
    Arrow,
    Dot,
  } Operator = Dot;
  // What's known about the type of a variable or return type of a function.
  const TypeConstraint *ResultType = nullptr;
  // FIXME: also track:
  //   - kind of entity (function/variable/type), to expose structured results
  //   - template args kinds/types, as a proxy for template params

  // For now we simply return these results as "pattern" strings.
  CodeCompletionString *render(Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Alloc,
                               CodeCompletionTUInfo &Info) const {
    CodeCompletionBuilder B(Alloc, Info);
    // Result type
    if (ResultType) {
      std::string AsString;
      {
        llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(AsString);
        QualType ExactType = deduceType(*ResultType);
        if (!ExactType.isNull())
          ExactType.print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S));
        else
          ResultType->print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S));
      }
      B.AddResultTypeChunk(Alloc.CopyString(AsString));
    }
    // Member name
    B.AddTypedTextChunk(Alloc.CopyString(Name->getName()));
    // Function argument list
    if (ArgTypes) {
      B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      bool First = true;
      for (QualType Arg : *ArgTypes) {
        if (First)
          First = false;
        else {
          B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
          B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
        }
        B.AddPlaceholderChunk(Alloc.CopyString(
            Arg.getAsString(getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S))));
      }
      B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }
    return B.TakeString();
  }
};

// BaseType is the type parameter T to infer members from.
// T must be accessible within S, as we use it to find the template entity
// that T is attached to in order to gather the relevant constraints.
ConceptInfo(const TemplateTypeParmType &BaseType, Scope *S) {
  auto *TemplatedEntity = getTemplatedEntity(BaseType.getDecl(), S);
  for (const Expr *E : constraintsForTemplatedEntity(TemplatedEntity))
    believe(E, &BaseType);
}

std::vector<Member> members() {
  std::vector<Member> Results;
  for (const auto &E : this->Results)
    Results.push_back(E.second);
  llvm::sort(Results, [](const Member &L, const Member &R) {
    return L.Name->getName() < R.Name->getName();
  });
  return Results;
}

4948private:
// Infer members of T, given that the expression E (dependent on T) is true.
void believe(const Expr *E, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) {
  if (!E || !T)
    return;
  if (auto *CSE = dyn_cast<ConceptSpecializationExpr>(E)) {
    // If the concept is
    //   template <class A, class B> concept CD = f<A, B>();
    // And the concept specialization is
    //   CD<int, T>
    // Then we're substituting T for B, so we want to make f<A, B>() true
    // by adding members to B - i.e. believe(f<A, B>(), B);
    //
    // For simplicity:
    // - we don't attempt to substitute int for A
    // - when T is used in other ways (like CD<T*>) we ignore it
    ConceptDecl *CD = CSE->getNamedConcept();
    TemplateParameterList *Params = CD->getTemplateParameters();
    unsigned Index = 0;
    for (const auto &Arg : CSE->getTemplateArguments()) {
      if (Index >= Params->size())
        break; // Won't happen in valid code.
      if (isApprox(Arg, T)) {
        auto *TTPD = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Params->getParam(Index));
        if (!TTPD)
          continue;
        // T was used as an argument, and bound to the parameter TT.
        auto *TT = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(TTPD->getTypeForDecl());
        // So now we know the constraint as a function of TT is true.
        believe(CD->getConstraintExpr(), TT);
        // (concepts themselves have no associated constraints to require)
      }

      ++Index;
    }
  } else if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    // For A && B, we can infer members from both branches.
    // For A || B, the union is still more useful than the intersection.
    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || BO->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
      believe(BO->getLHS(), T);
      believe(BO->getRHS(), T);
    }
  } else if (auto *RE = dyn_cast<RequiresExpr>(E)) {
    // A requires(){...} lets us infer members from each requirement.
    for (const concepts::Requirement *Req : RE->getRequirements()) {
      if (!Req->isDependent())
        continue; // Can't tell us anything about T.
      // Now Req cannot a substitution-error: those aren't dependent.

      if (auto *TR = dyn_cast<concepts::TypeRequirement>(Req)) {
        // Do a full traversal so we get `foo` from `typename T::foo::bar`.
        QualType AssertedType = TR->getType()->getType();
        ValidVisitor(this, T).TraverseType(AssertedType);
      } else if (auto *ER = dyn_cast<concepts::ExprRequirement>(Req)) {
        ValidVisitor Visitor(this, T);
        // If we have a type constraint on the value of the expression,
        // AND the whole outer expression describes a member, then we'll
        // be able to use the constraint to provide the return type.
        if (ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().isTypeConstraint()) {
          Visitor.OuterType =
              ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().getTypeConstraint();
          Visitor.OuterExpr = ER->getExpr();
        }
        Visitor.TraverseStmt(ER->getExpr());
      } else if (auto *NR = dyn_cast<concepts::NestedRequirement>(Req)) {
        believe(NR->getConstraintExpr(), T);
      }
    }
  }
}

// This visitor infers members of T based on traversing expressions/types
// that involve T. It is invoked with code known to be valid for T.
class ValidVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ValidVisitor> {
  ConceptInfo *Outer;
  const TemplateTypeParmType *T;

  CallExpr *Caller = nullptr;
  Expr *Callee = nullptr;

public:
  // If set, OuterExpr is constrained by OuterType.
  Expr *OuterExpr = nullptr;
  const TypeConstraint *OuterType = nullptr;

  ValidVisitor(ConceptInfo *Outer, const TemplateTypeParmType *T)
      : Outer(Outer), T(T) {
    assert(T)((void)0);
  }

  // In T.foo or T->foo, `foo` is a member function/variable.
  bool VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
    const Type *Base = E->getBaseType().getTypePtr();
    bool IsArrow = E->isArrow();
    if (Base->isPointerType() && IsArrow) {
      IsArrow = false;
      Base = Base->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
    }
    if (isApprox(Base, T))
      addValue(E, E->getMember(), IsArrow ? Member::Arrow : Member::Dot);
    return true;
  }

  // In T::foo, `foo` is a static member function/variable.
  bool VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
    if (E->getQualifier() && isApprox(E->getQualifier()->getAsType(), T))
      addValue(E, E->getDeclName(), Member::Colons);
    return true;
  }

  // In T::typename foo, `foo` is a type.
  bool VisitDependentNameType(DependentNameType *DNT) {
    const auto *Q = DNT->getQualifier();
    if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T))
      addType(DNT->getIdentifier());
    return true;
  }

  // In T::foo::bar, `foo` must be a type.
  // VisitNNS() doesn't exist, and TraverseNNS isn't always called :-(
  bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSL) {
    if (NNSL) {
      NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NNSL.getNestedNameSpecifier();
      const auto *Q = NNS->getPrefix();
      if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T))
        addType(NNS->getAsIdentifier());
    }
    // FIXME: also handle T::foo<X>::bar
    return RecursiveASTVisitor::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSL);
  }

  // FIXME also handle T::foo<X>

  // Track the innermost caller/callee relationship so we can tell if a
  // nested expr is being called as a function.
  bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
    Caller = CE;
    Callee = CE->getCallee();
    return true;
  }

private:
  void addResult(Member &&M) {
    auto R = Outer->Results.try_emplace(M.Name);
    Member &O = R.first->second;
    // Overwrite existing if the new member has more info.
    // The preference of . vs :: vs -> is fairly arbitrary.
    if (/*Inserted*/ R.second ||
        std::make_tuple(M.ArgTypes.hasValue(), M.ResultType != nullptr,
                        M.Operator) > std::make_tuple(O.ArgTypes.hasValue(),
                                                      O.ResultType != nullptr,
                                                      O.Operator))
      O = std::move(M);
  }

  void addType(const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
    if (!Name)
      return;
    Member M;
    M.Name = Name;
    M.Operator = Member::Colons;
    addResult(std::move(M));
  }

  void addValue(Expr *E, DeclarationName Name,
                Member::AccessOperator Operator) {
    if (!Name.isIdentifier())
      return;
    Member Result;
    Result.Name = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
    Result.Operator = Operator;
    // If this is the callee of an immediately-enclosing CallExpr, then
    // treat it as a method, otherwise it's a variable.
    if (Caller != nullptr && Callee == E) {
      Result.ArgTypes.emplace();
      for (const auto *Arg : Caller->arguments())
        Result.ArgTypes->push_back(Arg->getType());
      if (Caller == OuterExpr) {
        Result.ResultType = OuterType;
      }
    } else {
      if (E == OuterExpr)
        Result.ResultType = OuterType;
    }
    addResult(std::move(Result));
  }
};

static bool isApprox(const TemplateArgument &Arg, const Type *T) {
  return Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&
         isApprox(Arg.getAsType().getTypePtr(), T);
}

static bool isApprox(const Type *T1, const Type *T2) {
  return T1 && T2 &&
         T1->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() ==
             T2->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified();
}

// Returns the DeclContext immediately enclosed by the template parameter
// scope. For primary templates, this is the templated (e.g.) CXXRecordDecl.
// For specializations, this is e.g. ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl.
static DeclContext *getTemplatedEntity(const TemplateTypeParmDecl *D,
                                       Scope *S) {
  if (D == nullptr)
    return nullptr;
  Scope *Inner = nullptr;
  while (S) {
    if (S->isTemplateParamScope() && S->isDeclScope(D))
      return Inner ? Inner->getEntity() : nullptr;
    Inner = S;
    S = S->getParent();
  }
  return nullptr;
}

// Gets all the type constraint expressions that might apply to the type
// variables associated with DC (as returned by getTemplatedEntity()).
static SmallVector<const Expr *, 1>
constraintsForTemplatedEntity(DeclContext *DC) {
  SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> Result;
  if (DC == nullptr)
    return Result;
  // Primary templates can have constraints.
  if (const auto *TD = cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplate())
    TD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
  // Partial specializations may have constraints.
  if (const auto *CTPSD =
          dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC))
    CTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
  if (const auto *VTPSD = dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC))
    VTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
  return Result;
}

// Attempt to find the unique type satisfying a constraint.
// This lets us show e.g. `int` instead of `std::same_as<int>`.
static QualType deduceType(const TypeConstraint &T) {
  // Assume a same_as<T> return type constraint is std::same_as or equivalent.
  // In this case the return type is T.
  DeclarationName DN = T.getNamedConcept()->getDeclName();
  if (DN.isIdentifier() && DN.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("same_as"))
    if (const auto *Args = T.getTemplateArgsAsWritten())
      if (Args->getNumTemplateArgs() == 1) {
        const auto &Arg = Args->arguments().front().getArgument();
        if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
          return Arg.getAsType();
      }
  return {};
}

llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, Member> Results;
5200};

5202// Returns a type for E that yields acceptable member completions.
5203// In particular, when E->getType() is DependentTy, try to guess a likely type.
5204// We accept some lossiness (like dropping parameters).
5205// We only try to handle common expressions on the LHS of MemberExpr.
5206QualType getApproximateType(const Expr *E) {
QualType Unresolved = E->getType();
if (Unresolved.isNull() ||
    !Unresolved->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Dependent))
  return Unresolved;
E = E->IgnoreParens();
// A call: approximate-resolve callee to a function type, get its return type
if (const CallExpr *CE = llvm::dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
  QualType Callee = getApproximateType(CE->getCallee());
  if (Callee.isNull() ||
      Callee->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::BoundMember))
    Callee = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CE->getCallee());
  if (Callee.isNull())
    return Unresolved;

  if (const auto *FnTypePtr = Callee->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    Callee = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
  } else if (const auto *BPT = Callee->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
    Callee = BPT->getPointeeType();
  }
  if (const FunctionType *FnType = Callee->getAs<FunctionType>())
    return FnType->getReturnType().getNonReferenceType();

  // Unresolved call: try to guess the return type.
  if (const auto *OE = llvm::dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(CE->getCallee())) {
    // If all candidates have the same approximate return type, use it.
    // Discard references and const to allow more to be "the same".
    // (In particular, if there's one candidate + ADL, resolve it).
    const Type *Common = nullptr;
    for (const auto *D : OE->decls()) {
      QualType ReturnType;
      if (const auto *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
        ReturnType = FD->getReturnType();
      else if (const auto *FTD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
        ReturnType = FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType();
      if (ReturnType.isNull())
        continue;
      const Type *Candidate =
          ReturnType.getNonReferenceType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr();
      if (Common && Common != Candidate)
        return Unresolved; // Multiple candidates.
      Common = Candidate;
    }
    if (Common != nullptr)
      return QualType(Common, 0);
  }
}
// A dependent member: approximate-resolve the base, then lookup.
if (const auto *CDSME = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E)) {
  QualType Base = CDSME->isImplicitAccess()
                      ? CDSME->getBaseType()
                      : getApproximateType(CDSME->getBase());
  if (CDSME->isArrow() && !Base.isNull())
    Base = Base->getPointeeType(); // could handle unique_ptr etc here?
  RecordDecl *RD = Base.isNull() ? nullptr : getAsRecordDecl(Base);
  if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) {
    for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(CDSME->getMember()))
      if (const ValueDecl *VD = llvm::dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(Member))
        return VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
  }
}
return Unresolved;
5268}

5270// If \p Base is ParenListExpr, assume a chain of comma operators and pick the
5271// last expr. We expect other ParenListExprs to be resolved to e.g. constructor
5272// calls before here. (So the ParenListExpr should be nonempty, but check just
5273// in case)
5274Expr *unwrapParenList(Expr *Base) {
if (auto *PLE = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Base)) {
  if (PLE->getNumExprs() == 0)
    return nullptr;
  Base = PLE->getExpr(PLE->getNumExprs() - 1);
}
return Base;
5281}

5283} // namespace

5285void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                         Expr *OtherOpBase,
                                         SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
                                         bool IsBaseExprStatement,
                                         QualType PreferredType) {
Base = unwrapParenList(Base);
OtherOpBase = unwrapParenList(OtherOpBase);
if (!Base || !CodeCompleter)
  return;

ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow);
if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
  return;
QualType ConvertedBaseType = getApproximateType(ConvertedBase.get());

enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind;

if (IsArrow) {
  if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
    ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
}

if (IsArrow) {
  contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess;
} else {
  if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
      ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
    contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess;
  } else {
    contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess;
  }
}

CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType);
CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext,
                      &ResultBuilder::IsMember);

auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow,
                        Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool {
  if (!Base)
    return false;

  ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow);
  if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
    return false;
  Base = ConvertedBase.get();

  QualType BaseType = getApproximateType(Base);
  if (BaseType.isNull())
    return false;
  ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind();

  if (IsArrow) {
    if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
      BaseKind = VK_LValue;
    } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
               BaseType->isTemplateTypeParmType()) {
      // Both cases (dot/arrow) handled below.
    } else {
      return false;
    }
  }

  if (RecordDecl *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType)) {
    AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind,
                                      RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt));
  } else if (const auto *TTPT =
                 dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(BaseType.getTypePtr())) {
    auto Operator =
        IsArrow ? ConceptInfo::Member::Arrow : ConceptInfo::Member::Dot;
    for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) {
      if (R.Operator != Operator)
        continue;
      CodeCompletionResult Result(
          R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                   CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()));
      if (AccessOpFixIt)
        Result.FixIts.push_back(*AccessOpFixIt);
      Results.AddResult(std::move(Result));
    }
  } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
    // Objective-C property reference. Bail if we're performing fix-it code
    // completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by ivars,
    // most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value.
    if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) {
      return false;
    }
    AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;

    if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
            BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
      // Add property results based on our interface.
      assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!")((void)0);
      AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true,
                        /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext,
                        AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement);
    }

    // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface.
    for (auto *I : BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals())
      AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true,
                        CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
                        IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false,
                        /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
  } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
             (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) {
    // Objective-C instance variable access. Bail if we're performing fix-it
    // code completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by
    // ivars, most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value.
    if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) {
      return false;
    }
    ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
    if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
            BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
      Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl();
    else
      Class = BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface();

    // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses.
    if (Class) {
      CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType);
      Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar);
      LookupVisibleDecls(
          Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
          /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
    }
  }

  // FIXME: How do we cope with isa?
  return true;
};

Results.EnterNewScope();

bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, None);
if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) {
  const CharSourceRange OpRange =
      CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(OpLoc, OpLoc);
  CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion(
      OtherOpBase, !IsArrow,
      FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, IsArrow ? "." : "->"));
}

Results.ExitScope();

if (!CompletionSucceded)
  return;

// Hand off the results found for code completion.
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
5440}

5442void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S,
                                              IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
                                              bool IsBaseExprStatement) {
IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName;
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassNamePtr, ClassNameLoc);
if (!IFace)
  return;
CodeCompletionContext CCContext(
    CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess);
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext,
                      &ResultBuilder::IsMember);
Results.EnterNewScope();
AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true,
                  /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties,
                  Results, IsBaseExprStatement,
                  /*IsClassProperty=*/true);
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
5464}

5466void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return;

ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr;
enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind =
    CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other;
switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) {
case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
  Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum;
  ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag;
  break;

case DeclSpec::TST_union:
  Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion;
  ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag;
  break;

case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
case DeclSpec::TST_class:
case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
  Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct;
  ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag;
  break;

default:
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag")__builtin_unreachable();
}

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind);
CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);

// First pass: look for tags.
Results.setFilter(Filter);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());

if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
  // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers.
  Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier);
  LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer,
                     CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                     CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
5515}

5517static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results,
                                  const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const))
  Results.AddResult("const");
if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile))
  Results.AddResult("volatile");
if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict))
  Results.AddResult("restrict");
if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic))
  Results.AddResult("_Atomic");
if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned))
  Results.AddResult("__unaligned");
5529}

5531void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers);
Results.EnterNewScope();
AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts);
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
5540}

5542void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
                                        const VirtSpecifiers *VS) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers);
Results.EnterNewScope();
AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts);
if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
  Results.AddResult("noexcept");
  if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member && !D.isCtorOrDtor() &&
      !D.isStaticMember()) {
    if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified())
      Results.AddResult("final");
    if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified())
      Results.AddResult("override");
  }
}
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
5562}

5564void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) {
CodeCompleteExpression(S, QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType()));
5566}

5568void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) {
if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter)
  return;

SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer();
// Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case.
if (!Switch->getCond())
  return;
QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType();
if (!type->isEnumeralType()) {
  CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type);
  Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true;
  CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
  return;
}

// Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type
// by providing the list of
EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition())
  Enum = Def;

// Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement.
// FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion
// token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not
// at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment.
CoveredEnumerators Enumerators;
for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
     SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
  CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC);
  if (!Case)
    continue;

  Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
  if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CaseVal))
    if (auto *Enumerator =
            dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
      // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which
      // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of
      // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the
      // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not
      // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a
      // template are type- and value-dependent.
      Enumerators.Seen.insert(Enumerator);

      // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier
      // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g.,
      //
      //   switch (TagD.getKind()) {
      //     case TagDecl::TK_enum:
      //       break;
      //     case XXX
      //
      // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union,
      // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union,
      // TK_struct, and TK_class.
      Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier();
    }
}

// Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned.
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression);
AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators);

if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) {
  AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
}
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
5639}

5641static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
if (Args.size() && !Args.data())
  return true;

for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I)
  if (!Args[I])
    return true;

return false;
5650}

5652typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate;

5654static void mergeCandidatesWithResults(
  Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results,
  OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc, size_t ArgSize) {
// Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first.
llvm::stable_sort(CandidateSet, [&](const OverloadCandidate &X,
                                    const OverloadCandidate &Y) {
  return isBetterOverloadCandidate(SemaRef, X, Y, Loc,
                                   CandidateSet.getKind());
});

// Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results.
for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) {
  if (Candidate.Function) {
    if (Candidate.Function->isDeleted())
      continue;
    if (!Candidate.Function->isVariadic() &&
        Candidate.Function->getNumParams() <= ArgSize &&
        // Having zero args is annoying, normally we don't surface a function
        // with 2 params, if you already have 2 params, because you are
        // inserting the 3rd now. But with zero, it helps the user to figure
        // out there are no overloads that take any arguments. Hence we are
        // keeping the overload.
        ArgSize > 0)
      continue;
  }
  if (Candidate.Viable)
    Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function));
}
5682}

5684/// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload
5685/// candidates.
5686static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef,
                           ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) {

// Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments
// up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all
// overload candidates.
QualType ParamType;
for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) {
  if (const auto *FType = Candidate.getFunctionType())
    if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FType))
      if (N < Proto->getNumParams()) {
        if (ParamType.isNull())
          ParamType = Proto->getParamType(N);
        else if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
                     ParamType.getNonReferenceType(),
                     Proto->getParamType(N).getNonReferenceType()))
          // Otherwise return a default-constructed QualType.
          return QualType();
      }
}

return ParamType;
5708}

5710static QualType
5711ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
                   MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates,
                   unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) {
if (Candidates.empty())
  return QualType();
if (SemaRef.getPreprocessor().isCodeCompletionReached())
  SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates(
      SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates.data(), Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc);
return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, CurrentArg);
5720}

5722QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                      SourceLocation OpenParLoc) {
Fn = unwrapParenList(Fn);
if (!CodeCompleter || !Fn)
  return QualType();

// FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions.
// Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely.
if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args))
  return QualType();
// In presence of dependent args we surface all possible signatures using the
// non-dependent args in the prefix. Afterwards we do a post filtering to make
// sure provided candidates satisfy parameter count restrictions.
auto ArgsWithoutDependentTypes =
    Args.take_while([](Expr *Arg) { return !Arg->isTypeDependent(); });

SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;

Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts();
// Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find.
SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc();
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);

if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
  AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet,
                              /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
} else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
  TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr;
  if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
    UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
    TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
  }

  // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit).
  SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(
      1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase());
  ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(),
                  ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end());
  UnresolvedSet<8> Decls;
  Decls.append(UME->decls_begin(), UME->decls_end());
  const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase();
  AddFunctionCandidates(Decls, ArgExprs, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs,
                        /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                        /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase);
} else {
  FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
  if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
    FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MCE->getMemberDecl());
  else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
    FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
  if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration.
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
        !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
      Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FD));
    else
      AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, FD->getAccess()),
                           ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet,
                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                           /*PartialOverloading=*/true);

  } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
    // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function
    // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates.
    // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators.
    if (isCompleteType(Loc, NakedFn->getType())) {
      DeclarationName OpName =
          Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
      LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
      LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
      R.suppressDiagnostics();
      SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn);
      ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(),
                      ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end());
      AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), ArgExprs, CandidateSet,
                            /*ExplicitArgs=*/nullptr,
                            /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                            /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
    }
  } else {
    // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or
    // function.
    QualType T = NakedFn->getType();
    if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull())
      T = T->getPointeeType();

    if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
      if (!TooManyArguments(FP->getNumParams(),
                            ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.size(),
                            /*PartialOverloading=*/true) ||
          FP->isVariadic())
        Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FP));
    } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>())
      // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function.
      Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FT));
  }
}
mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size());
QualType ParamType =
    ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc);
return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType();
5823}

5825QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type,
                                             SourceLocation Loc,
                                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                             SourceLocation OpenParLoc) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return QualType();

// A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors.
CXXRecordDecl *RD =
    isCompleteType(Loc, Type) ? Type->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : nullptr;
if (!RD)
  return Type;

// FIXME: Provide support for member initializers.
// FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors.

OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);

for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(RD)) {
  if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(C)) {
    AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, C->getAccess()), Args,
                         CandidateSet,
                         /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                         /*PartialOverloading=*/true,
                         /*AllowExplicit*/ true);
  } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(C)) {
    AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
        FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, C->getAccess()),
        /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet,
        /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
        /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
  }
}

SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size());
return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, S, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc);
5862}

5864QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(
  Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
  ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return QualType();

CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
    dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl);
if (!Constructor)
  return QualType();
// FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well.
if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(
        Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, II))
  return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(getCurScope(), MemberDecl->getType(),
                                         MemberDecl->getLocation(), ArgExprs,
                                         OpenParLoc);
return QualType();
5881}

5883static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig) {
for (unsigned I = 0; I < Desig.getNumDesignators(); ++I) {
  if (BaseType.isNull())
    break;
  QualType NextType;
  const auto &D = Desig.getDesignator(I);
  if (D.isArrayDesignator() || D.isArrayRangeDesignator()) {
    if (BaseType->isArrayType())
      NextType = BaseType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
  } else {
    assert(D.isFieldDesignator())((void)0);
    auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType);
    if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) {
      for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(D.getField()))
        if (const FieldDecl *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
          NextType = FD->getType();
          break;
        }
    }
  }
  BaseType = NextType;
}
return BaseType;
5906}

5908void Sema::CodeCompleteDesignator(QualType BaseType,
                                llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs,
                                const Designation &D) {
BaseType = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D);
if (BaseType.isNull())
  return;
const auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType);
if (!RD || RD->fields().empty())
  return;

CodeCompletionContext CCC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess,
                          BaseType);
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCC);

Results.EnterNewScope();
for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
  // FIXME: Make use of previous designators to mark any fields before those
  // inaccessible, and also compute the next initializer priority.
  ResultBuilder::Result Result(FD, Results.getBasePriority(FD));
  Results.AddResult(Result, CurContext, /*Hiding=*/nullptr);
}
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
5933}

5935void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) {
ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
if (!VD) {
  CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
  return;
}

CodeCompleteExpressionData Data;
Data.PreferredType = VD->getType();
// Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'.
Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD);

CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
5948}

5950void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, PCC_Statement));
Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
Results.EnterNewScope();

CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());

AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Statement, S, *this, Results);

// "else" block
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

auto AddElseBodyPattern = [&] {
  if (IsBracedThen) {
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
  } else {
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statement");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
  }
};
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else");
if (Results.includeCodePatterns())
  AddElseBodyPattern();
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// "else if" block
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else if");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
else
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
  AddElseBodyPattern();
}
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

Results.ExitScope();

if (S->getFnParent())
  AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);

if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
  AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6012}

6014void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                 bool EnteringContext,
                                 bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType,
                                 QualType PreferredType) {
if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter)
  return;

CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType);
CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration);
CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS);

// We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope
// "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since
// it can be useful for global code completion which have information about
// contexts/symbols that are not in the AST.
if (SS.isInvalid()) {
  // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current
  // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to
  // guess what the specified scope is.
  ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                             CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC);
  if (!PreferredType.isNull())
    DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
  if (S->getEntity()) {
    CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(),
                                        BaseType);
    LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                       /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false,
                       /*LoadExternal=*/false);
  }
  HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
                            DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), nullptr, 0);
  return;
}
// Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type
// resolves to a dependent record.
DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true);

// Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before
// we look in them. Bail out if we fail.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
if (NNS != nullptr && SS.isValid() && !NNS->isDependent()) {
  if (Ctx == nullptr || RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, Ctx))
    return;
}

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC);
if (!PreferredType.isNull())
  Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only
// put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent.
// FIXME: results is always empty, this appears to be dead.
if (!Results.empty() && NNS->isDependent())
  Results.AddResult("template");

// If the scope is a concept-constrained type parameter, infer nested
// members based on the constraints.
if (const auto *TTPT =
        dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmType>(NNS->getAsType())) {
  for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) {
    if (R.Operator != ConceptInfo::Member::Colons)
      continue;
    Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
        R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                 CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo())));
  }
}

// Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any.
//
// FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually
// in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with
// qualified-id completions.
if (Ctx && !EnteringContext)
  MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, Ctx, Results);
Results.ExitScope();

if (Ctx &&
    (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || !Ctx->isFileContext())) {
  CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType);
  LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                     /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true,
                     /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true,
                     CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6105}

6107void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return;

// This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we
// expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case.
CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName);
Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true);

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context,
                      &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword.
if (!S->isClassScope())
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("namespace"));

// After "using", we can see anything that would start a
// nested-name-specifier.
CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6135}

6137void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return;

// After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace
// alias.
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace,
                      &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias);
Results.EnterNewScope();
CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6155}

6157void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return;

DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
if (!S->getParent())
  Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();

bool SuppressedGlobalResults =
    Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx);

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      SuppressedGlobalResults
                          ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace
                          : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other,
                      &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace);

if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) {
  // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined
  // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an
  // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent
  // definition of each namespace.
  std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest;
  for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl>
           NS(Ctx->decls_begin()),
       NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end());
       NS != NSEnd; ++NS)
    OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS;

  // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each
  // namespace to the list of results.
  Results.EnterNewScope();
  for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator
           NS = OrigToLatest.begin(),
           NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end();
       NS != NSEnd; ++NS)
    Results.AddResult(
        CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second),
                             nullptr),
        CurContext, nullptr, false);
  Results.ExitScope();
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6203}

6205void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return;

// After "namespace", we expect to see a namespace or alias.
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace,
                      &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias);
CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6220}

6222void Sema::CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return;

typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type,
                      &ResultBuilder::IsType);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// Add the names of overloadable operators. Note that OO_Conditional is not
// actually overloadable.
6235#define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)  \
if (OO_##Name != OO_Conditional)                                             \
  Results.AddResult(Result(Spelling));
6238#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"

// Add any type names visible from the current scope
Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());

// Add any type specifiers
AddTypeSpecifierResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6253}

6255void Sema::CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
  Decl *ConstructorD, ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers) {
if (!ConstructorD)
  return;

AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD);

auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD);
if (!Constructor)
  return;

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// Fill in any already-initialized fields or base classes.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 4> InitializedFields;
llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> InitializedBases;
for (unsigned I = 0, E = Initializers.size(); I != E; ++I) {
  if (Initializers[I]->isBaseInitializer())
    InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(
        QualType(Initializers[I]->getBaseClass(), 0)));
  else
    InitializedFields.insert(
        cast<FieldDecl>(Initializers[I]->getAnyMember()));
}

// Add completions for base classes.
PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
bool SawLastInitializer = Initializers.empty();
CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent();

auto GenerateCCS = [&](const NamedDecl *ND, const char *Name) {
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name);
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND))
    AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Builder);
  else if (const auto *FunTemplDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
    AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, FunTemplDecl->getTemplatedDecl(),
                               Builder);
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  return Builder.TakeString();
};
auto AddDefaultCtorInit = [&](const char *Name, const char *Type,
                              const NamedDecl *ND) {
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name);
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Type);
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  if (ND) {
    auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(
        Builder.TakeString(), ND,
        SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration);
    if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND))
      CCR.CursorKind = CXCursor_MemberRef;
    return Results.AddResult(CCR);
  }
  return Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
      Builder.TakeString(),
      SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration));
};
auto AddCtorsWithName = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD, unsigned int Priority,
                            const char *Name, const FieldDecl *FD) {
  if (!RD)
    return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name,
                              FD ? Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
                                       FD->getType().getAsString(Policy))
                                 : Name,
                              FD);
  auto Ctors = getConstructors(Context, RD);
  if (Ctors.begin() == Ctors.end())
    return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, Name, RD);
  for (const NamedDecl *Ctor : Ctors) {
    auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(GenerateCCS(Ctor, Name), RD, Priority);
    CCR.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(Ctor);
    Results.AddResult(CCR);
  }
};
auto AddBase = [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) {
  const char *BaseName =
      Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy));
  const auto *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
  AddCtorsWithName(
      RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration,
      BaseName, nullptr);
};
auto AddField = [&](const FieldDecl *FD) {
  const char *FieldName =
      Results.getAllocator().CopyString(FD->getIdentifier()->getName());
  const CXXRecordDecl *RD = FD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
  AddCtorsWithName(
      RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration,
      FieldName, FD);
};

for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->bases()) {
  if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType()))
           .second) {
    SawLastInitializer =
        !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() &&
        Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
            Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0));
    continue;
  }

  AddBase(Base);
  SawLastInitializer = false;
}

// Add completions for virtual base classes.
for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->vbases()) {
  if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType()))
           .second) {
    SawLastInitializer =
        !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() &&
        Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
            Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0));
    continue;
  }

  AddBase(Base);
  SawLastInitializer = false;
}

// Add completions for members.
for (auto *Field : ClassDecl->fields()) {
  if (!InitializedFields.insert(cast<FieldDecl>(Field->getCanonicalDecl()))
           .second) {
    SawLastInitializer = !Initializers.empty() &&
                         Initializers.back()->isAnyMemberInitializer() &&
                         Initializers.back()->getAnyMember() == Field;
    continue;
  }

  if (!Field->getDeclName())
    continue;

  AddField(Field);
  SawLastInitializer = false;
}
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6404}

6406/// Determine whether this scope denotes a namespace.
6407static bool isNamespaceScope(Scope *S) {
DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
if (!DC)
  return false;

return DC->isFileContext();
6413}

6415void Sema::CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
                                      bool AfterAmpersand) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// Note what has already been captured.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Known;
bool IncludedThis = false;
for (const auto &C : Intro.Captures) {
  if (C.Kind == LCK_This) {
    IncludedThis = true;
    continue;
  }

  Known.insert(C.Id);
}

// Look for other capturable variables.
for (; S && !isNamespaceScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
  for (const auto *D : S->decls()) {
    const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
    if (!Var || !Var->hasLocalStorage() || Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
      continue;

    if (Known.insert(Var->getIdentifier()).second)
      Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Var, CCP_LocalDeclaration),
                        CurContext, nullptr, false);
  }
}

// Add 'this', if it would be valid.
if (!IncludedThis && !AfterAmpersand && Intro.Default != LCD_ByCopy)
  addThisCompletion(*this, Results);

Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6455}

6457void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D) {
if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
  return;
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
auto ShouldAddDefault = [&D, this]() {
  if (!D.isFunctionDeclarator())
    return false;
  auto &Id = D.getName();
  if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName)
    return true;
  // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the constructor parameter list to
  // verify that it is the default, copy or move constructor?
  if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName &&
      D.getFunctionTypeInfo().NumParams <= 1)
    return true;
  if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId) {
    auto Op = Id.OperatorFunctionId.Operator;
    // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the function parameter list to
    // verify that it is the copy or move assignment?
    if (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Equal)
      return true;
    if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 &&
        (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_EqualEqual ||
         Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_ExclaimEqual ||
         Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Less ||
         Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_LessEqual ||
         Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Greater ||
         Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_GreaterEqual ||
         Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Spaceship))
      return true;
  }
  return false;
};

Results.EnterNewScope();
if (ShouldAddDefault())
  Results.AddResult("default");
// FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should only provide `delete` completion for the
// first function declaration.
Results.AddResult("delete");
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6502}

6504/// Macro that optionally prepends an "@" to the string literal passed in via
6505/// Keyword, depending on whether NeedAt is true or false.
6506#define OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, Keyword)((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword) ((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword)

6508static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                       ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
// Since we have an implementation, we can end it.
Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")((NeedAt) ? "@" "end" : "end")));

CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
if (LangOpts.ObjC) {
  // @dynamic
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "dynamic")((NeedAt) ? "@" "dynamic" : "dynamic"));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property");
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

  // @synthesize
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synthesize")((NeedAt) ? "@" "synthesize" : "synthesize"));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property");
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
}
6529}

6531static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                  ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

// Since we have an interface or protocol, we can end it.
Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")((NeedAt) ? "@" "end" : "end")));

if (LangOpts.ObjC) {
  // @property
  Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "property")((NeedAt) ? "@" "property" : "property")));

  // @required
  Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "required")((NeedAt) ? "@" "required" : "required")));

  // @optional
  Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "optional")((NeedAt) ? "@" "optional" : "optional")));
}
6548}

6550static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

// @class name ;
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "class")((NeedAt) ? "@" "class" : "class"));
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
  // @interface name
  // FIXME: Could introduce the whole pattern, including superclasses and
  // such.
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "interface")((NeedAt) ? "@" "interface" : "interface"));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

  // @protocol name
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protocol" : "protocol"));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol");
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

  // @implementation name
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "implementation")((NeedAt) ? "@" "implementation" : "implementation"));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
}

// @compatibility_alias name
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
    OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "compatibility_alias")((NeedAt) ? "@" "compatibility_alias" : "compatibility_alias"
));
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("alias");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().Modules) {
  // @import name
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "import")((NeedAt) ? "@" "import" : "import"));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("module");
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
}
6599}

6601void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();
if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(CurContext))
  AddObjCImplementationResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
else if (CurContext->isObjCContainer())
  AddObjCInterfaceResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
else
  AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, false);
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6615}

6617static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

// @encode ( type-name )
const char *EncodeType = "char[]";
if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
    Results.getSema().getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
  EncodeType = "const char[]";
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(EncodeType);
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "encode")((NeedAt) ? "@" "encode" : "encode"));
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type-name");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

// @protocol ( protocol-name )
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("Protocol *");
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protocol" : "protocol"));
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol-name");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

// @selector ( selector )
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("SEL");
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "selector")((NeedAt) ? "@" "selector" : "selector"));
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

// @"string"
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSString *");
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "\"")((NeedAt) ? "@" "\"" : "\""));
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string");
Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

// @[objects, ...]
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSArray *");
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "[")((NeedAt) ? "@" "[" : "["));
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("objects, ...");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

// @{key : object, ...}
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSDictionary *");
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "{")((NeedAt) ? "@" "{" : "{"));
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("key");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object, ...");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

// @(expression)
Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("id");
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "(")((NeedAt) ? "@" "(" : "("));
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
6680}

6682static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
  // @try { statements } @catch ( declaration ) { statements } @finally
  //   { statements }
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "try")((NeedAt) ? "@" "try" : "try"));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
  Builder.AddTextChunk("@catch");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
  Builder.AddTextChunk("@finally");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
}

// @throw
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "throw")((NeedAt) ? "@" "throw" : "throw"));
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));

if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
  // @synchronized ( expression ) { statements }
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synchronized")((NeedAt) ? "@" "synchronized" : "synchronized"));
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
}
6726}

6728static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                   ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "private")((NeedAt) ? "@" "private" : "private")));
Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protected")((NeedAt) ? "@" "protected" : "protected")));
Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "public")((NeedAt) ? "@" "public" : "public")));
if (LangOpts.ObjC)
  Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "package")((NeedAt) ? "@" "package" : "package")));
6736}

6738void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();
AddObjCVisibilityResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6747}

6749void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();
AddObjCStatementResults(Results, false);
AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false);
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6759}

6761void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();
AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false);
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6770}

6772/// Determine whether the addition of the given flag to an Objective-C
6773/// property's attributes will cause a conflict.
6774static bool ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(unsigned Attributes, unsigned NewFlag) {
// Check if we've already added this flag.
if (Attributes & NewFlag)
  return true;

Attributes |= NewFlag;

// Check for collisions with "readonly".
if ((Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly) &&
    (Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite))
  return true;

// Check for more than one of { assign, copy, retain, strong, weak }.
unsigned AssignCopyRetMask =
    Attributes &
    (ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign |
     ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained |
     ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain |
     ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak);
if (AssignCopyRetMask &&
    AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign &&
    AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained &&
    AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy &&
    AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain &&
    AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong &&
    AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak)
  return true;

return false;
6803}

6805void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) {
if (!CodeCompleter)
  return;

unsigned Attributes = ODS.getPropertyAttributes();

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readonly"));
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("assign"));
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("unsafe_unretained"));
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readwrite"));
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("retain"));
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("strong"));
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("copy"));
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic"));
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_atomic))
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("atomic"));

// Only suggest "weak" if we're compiling for ARC-with-weak-references or GC.
if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
  if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                                 ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak))
    Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("weak"));

if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter)) {
  CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator(),
                               Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  Setter.AddTypedTextChunk("setter");
  Setter.AddTextChunk("=");
  Setter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method");
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Setter.TakeString()));
}
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter)) {
  CodeCompletionBuilder Getter(Results.getAllocator(),
                               Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  Getter.AddTypedTextChunk("getter");
  Getter.AddTextChunk("=");
  Getter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method");
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Getter.TakeString()));
}
if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
                               ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) {
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonnull"));
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nullable"));
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_unspecified"));
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_resettable"));
}
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
6876}

6878/// Describes the kind of Objective-C method that we want to find
6879/// via code completion.
6880enum ObjCMethodKind {
MK_Any, ///< Any kind of method, provided it means other specified criteria.
MK_ZeroArgSelector, ///< Zero-argument (unary) selector.
MK_OneArgSelector   ///< One-argument selector.
6884};

6886static bool isAcceptableObjCSelector(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
                                   ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                                   bool AllowSameLength = true) {
unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size();
if (NumSelIdents > Sel.getNumArgs())
  return false;

switch (WantKind) {
case MK_Any:
  break;
case MK_ZeroArgSelector:
  return Sel.isUnarySelector();
case MK_OneArgSelector:
  return Sel.getNumArgs() == 1;
}

if (!AllowSameLength && NumSelIdents && NumSelIdents == Sel.getNumArgs())
  return false;

for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumSelIdents; ++I)
  if (SelIdents[I] != Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(I))
    return false;

return true;
6910}

6912static bool isAcceptableObjCMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
                                 ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
                                 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                                 bool AllowSameLength = true) {
return isAcceptableObjCSelector(Method->getSelector(), WantKind, SelIdents,
                                AllowSameLength);
6918}

6920/// A set of selectors, which is used to avoid introducing multiple
6921/// completions with the same selector into the result set.
6922typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 16> VisitedSelectorSet;

6924/// Add all of the Objective-C methods in the given Objective-C
6925/// container to the set of results.
6926///
6927/// The container will be a class, protocol, category, or implementation of
6928/// any of the above. This mether will recurse to include methods from
6929/// the superclasses of classes along with their categories, protocols, and
6930/// implementations.
6931///
6932/// \param Container the container in which we'll look to find methods.
6933///
6934/// \param WantInstanceMethods Whether to add instance methods (only); if
6935/// false, this routine will add factory methods (only).
6936///
6937/// \param CurContext the context in which we're performing the lookup that
6938/// finds methods.
6939///
6940/// \param AllowSameLength Whether we allow a method to be added to the list
6941/// when it has the same number of parameters as we have selector identifiers.
6942///
6943/// \param Results the structure into which we'll add results.
6944static void AddObjCMethods(ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
                         bool WantInstanceMethods, ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                         DeclContext *CurContext,
                         VisitedSelectorSet &Selectors, bool AllowSameLength,
                         ResultBuilder &Results, bool InOriginalClass = true,
                         bool IsRootClass = false) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
Container = getContainerDef(Container);
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container);
IsRootClass = IsRootClass || (IFace && !IFace->getSuperClass());
for (ObjCMethodDecl *M : Container->methods()) {
  // The instance methods on the root class can be messaged via the
  // metaclass.
  if (M->isInstanceMethod() == WantInstanceMethods ||
      (IsRootClass && !WantInstanceMethods)) {
    // Check whether the selector identifiers we've been given are a
    // subset of the identifiers for this particular method.
    if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(M, WantKind, SelIdents, AllowSameLength))
      continue;

    if (!Selectors.insert(M->getSelector()).second)
      continue;

    Result R = Result(M, Results.getBasePriority(M), nullptr);
    R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
    R.AllParametersAreInformative = (WantKind != MK_Any);
    if (!InOriginalClass)
      setInBaseClass(R);
    Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
  }
}

// Visit the protocols of protocols.
if (const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
  if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) {
    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
        Protocol->getReferencedProtocols();
    for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
                                              E = Protocols.end();
         I != E; ++I)
      AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
                     Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
  }
}

if (!IFace || !IFace->hasDefinition())
  return;

// Add methods in protocols.
for (ObjCProtocolDecl *I : IFace->protocols())
  AddObjCMethods(I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
                 Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);

// Add methods in categories.
for (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl : IFace->known_categories()) {
  AddObjCMethods(CatDecl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents,
                 CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results,
                 InOriginalClass, IsRootClass);

  // Add a categories protocol methods.
  const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
      CatDecl->getReferencedProtocols();
  for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
                                            E = Protocols.end();
       I != E; ++I)
    AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
                   Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);

  // Add methods in category implementations.
  if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = CatDecl->getImplementation())
    AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
                   Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass,
                   IsRootClass);
}

// Add methods in superclass.
// Avoid passing in IsRootClass since root classes won't have super classes.
if (IFace->getSuperClass())
  AddObjCMethods(IFace->getSuperClass(), WantInstanceMethods, WantKind,
                 SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results,
                 /*IsRootClass=*/false);

// Add methods in our implementation, if any.
if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation())
  AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
                 Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass,
                 IsRootClass);
7032}

7034void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S) {
// Try to find the interface where getters might live.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
if (!Class) {
  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
          dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext))
    Class = Category->getClassInterface();

  if (!Class)
    return;
}

// Find all of the potential getters.
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();

VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_ZeroArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors,
               /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results);
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7058}

7060void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S) {
// Try to find the interface where setters might live.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
if (!Class) {
  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
          dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext))
    Class = Category->getClassInterface();

  if (!Class)
    return;
}

// Find all of the potential getters.
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();

VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_OneArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors,
               /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results);

Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7085}

7087void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
                                     bool IsParameter) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// Add context-sensitive, Objective-C parameter-passing keywords.
bool AddedInOut = false;
if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
     (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_In | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) {
  Results.AddResult("in");
  Results.AddResult("inout");
  AddedInOut = true;
}
if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
     (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Out | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) {
  Results.AddResult("out");
  if (!AddedInOut)
    Results.AddResult("inout");
}
if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
     (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Bycopy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Byref |
      ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Oneway)) == 0) {
  Results.AddResult("bycopy");
  Results.AddResult("byref");
  Results.AddResult("oneway");
}
if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability) == 0) {
  Results.AddResult("nonnull");
  Results.AddResult("nullable");
  Results.AddResult("null_unspecified");
}

// If we're completing the return type of an Objective-C method and the
// identifier IBAction refers to a macro, provide a completion item for
// an action, e.g.,
//   IBAction)<#selector#>:(id)sender
if (DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() == 0 && !IsParameter &&
    PP.isMacroDefined("IBAction")) {
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                                CCP_CodePattern, CXAvailability_Available);
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("IBAction");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
  Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
  Builder.AddTextChunk("sender");
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
}

// If we're completing the return type, provide 'instancetype'.
if (!IsParameter) {
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("instancetype"));
}

// Add various builtin type names and specifiers.
AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Type, S, *this, Results);
Results.ExitScope();

// Add the various type names
Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName);
CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());

if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
  AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7162}

7164/// When we have an expression with type "id", we may assume
7165/// that it has some more-specific class type based on knowledge of
7166/// common uses of Objective-C. This routine returns that class type,
7167/// or NULL if no better result could be determined.
7168static ObjCInterfaceDecl *GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(Expr *E) {
auto *Msg = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
if (!Msg)
  return nullptr;

Selector Sel = Msg->getSelector();
if (Sel.isNull())
  return nullptr;

IdentifierInfo *Id = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
if (!Id)
  return nullptr;

ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl();
if (!Method)
  return nullptr;

// Determine the class that we're sending the message to.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
switch (Msg->getReceiverKind()) {
case ObjCMessageExpr::Class:
  if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjType =
          Msg->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
    IFace = ObjType->getInterface();
  break;

case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance: {
  QualType T = Msg->getInstanceReceiver()->getType();
  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
    IFace = Ptr->getInterfaceDecl();
  break;
}

case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance:
case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass:
  break;
}

if (!IFace)
  return nullptr;

ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IFace->getSuperClass();
if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
  return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName())
      .Case("retain", IFace)
      .Case("strong", IFace)
      .Case("autorelease", IFace)
      .Case("copy", IFace)
      .Case("copyWithZone", IFace)
      .Case("mutableCopy", IFace)
      .Case("mutableCopyWithZone", IFace)
      .Case("awakeFromCoder", IFace)
      .Case("replacementObjectFromCoder", IFace)
      .Case("class", IFace)
      .Case("classForCoder", IFace)
      .Case("superclass", Super)
      .Default(nullptr);

return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName())
    .Case("new", IFace)
    .Case("alloc", IFace)
    .Case("allocWithZone", IFace)
    .Case("class", IFace)
    .Case("superclass", Super)
    .Default(nullptr);
7233}

7235// Add a special completion for a message send to "super", which fills in the
7236// most likely case of forwarding all of our arguments to the superclass
7237// function.
7238///
7239/// \param S The semantic analysis object.
7240///
7241/// \param NeedSuperKeyword Whether we need to prefix this completion with
7242/// the "super" keyword. Otherwise, we just need to provide the arguments.
7243///
7244/// \param SelIdents The identifiers in the selector that have already been
7245/// provided as arguments for a send to "super".
7246///
7247/// \param Results The set of results to augment.
7248///
7249/// \returns the Objective-C method declaration that would be invoked by
7250/// this "super" completion. If NULL, no completion was added.
7251static ObjCMethodDecl *
7252AddSuperSendCompletion(Sema &S, bool NeedSuperKeyword,
                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                     ResultBuilder &Results) {
ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl();
if (!CurMethod)
  return nullptr;

ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
if (!Class)
  return nullptr;

// Try to find a superclass method with the same selector.
ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = nullptr;
while ((Class = Class->getSuperClass()) && !SuperMethod) {
  // Check in the class
  SuperMethod = Class->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(),
                                 CurMethod->isInstanceMethod());

  // Check in categories or class extensions.
  if (!SuperMethod) {
    for (const auto *Cat : Class->known_categories()) {
      if ((SuperMethod = Cat->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(),
                                        CurMethod->isInstanceMethod())))
        break;
    }
  }
}

if (!SuperMethod)
  return nullptr;

// Check whether the superclass method has the same signature.
if (CurMethod->param_size() != SuperMethod->param_size() ||
    CurMethod->isVariadic() != SuperMethod->isVariadic())
  return nullptr;

for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(),
                                    CurPEnd = CurMethod->param_end(),
                                    SuperP = SuperMethod->param_begin();
     CurP != CurPEnd; ++CurP, ++SuperP) {
  // Make sure the parameter types are compatible.
  if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType((*CurP)->getType(),
                                        (*SuperP)->getType()))
    return nullptr;

  // Make sure we have a parameter name to forward!
  if (!(*CurP)->getIdentifier())
    return nullptr;
}

// We have a superclass method. Now, form the send-to-super completion.
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

// Give this completion a return type.
AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S), SuperMethod,
                   Results.getCompletionContext().getBaseType(), Builder);

// If we need the "super" keyword, add it (plus some spacing).
if (NeedSuperKeyword) {
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
}

Selector Sel = CurMethod->getSelector();
if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
  if (NeedSuperKeyword)
    Builder.AddTextChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
  else
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
} else {
  ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin();
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I, ++CurP) {
    if (I > SelIdents.size())
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);

    if (I < SelIdents.size())
      Builder.AddInformativeChunk(
          Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
    else if (NeedSuperKeyword || I > SelIdents.size()) {
      Builder.AddTextChunk(
          Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
          (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName()));
    } else {
      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
          Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
          (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName()));
    }
  }
}

Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), SuperMethod,
                                       CCP_SuperCompletion));
return SuperMethod;
7350}

7352void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ResultBuilder Results(
    *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
    CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
    CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver,
    getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
        ? &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture
        : &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver);

CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
Results.EnterNewScope();
LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
                   CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
                   CodeCompleter->loadExternal());

// If we are in an Objective-C method inside a class that has a superclass,
// add "super" as an option.
if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl())
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Iface = Method->getClassInterface())
    if (Iface->getSuperClass()) {
      Results.AddResult(Result("super"));

      AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, /*NeedSuperKeyword=*/true, None, Results);
    }

if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
  addThisCompletion(*this, Results);

Results.ExitScope();

if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
  AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7387}

7389void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
                                      ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                                      bool AtArgumentExpression) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr;
if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) {
  // Figure out which interface we're in.
  CDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
  if (!CDecl)
    return;

  // Find the superclass of this class.
  CDecl = CDecl->getSuperClass();
  if (!CDecl)
    return;

  if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
    // We are inside an instance method, which means that the message
    // send [super ...] is actually calling an instance method on the
    // current object.
    return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, nullptr, SelIdents,
                                           AtArgumentExpression, CDecl);
  }

  // Fall through to send to the superclass in CDecl.
} else {
  // "super" may be the name of a type or variable. Figure out which
  // it is.
  IdentifierInfo *Super = getSuperIdentifier();
  NamedDecl *ND = LookupSingleName(S, Super, SuperLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  if ((CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))) {
    // "super" names an interface. Use it.
  } else if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<TypeDecl>(ND)) {
    if (const ObjCObjectType *Iface =
            Context.getTypeDeclType(TD)->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
      CDecl = Iface->getInterface();
  } else if (ND && isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(ND)) {
    // "super" names an unresolved type; we can't be more specific.
  } else {
    // Assume that "super" names some kind of value and parse that way.
    CXXScopeSpec SS;
    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
    UnqualifiedId id;
    id.setIdentifier(Super, SuperLoc);
    ExprResult SuperExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, TemplateKWLoc, id,
                                             /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false,
                                             /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false);
    return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, (Expr *)SuperExpr.get(),
                                           SelIdents, AtArgumentExpression);
  }

  // Fall through
}

ParsedType Receiver;
if (CDecl)
  Receiver = ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CDecl));
return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(S, Receiver, SelIdents,
                                    AtArgumentExpression,
                                    /*IsSuper=*/true);
7448}

7450/// Given a set of code-completion results for the argument of a message
7451/// send, determine the preferred type (if any) for that argument expression.
7452static QualType getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(ResultBuilder &Results,
                                                     unsigned NumSelIdents) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ASTContext &Context = Results.getSema().Context;

QualType PreferredType;
unsigned BestPriority = CCP_Unlikely * 2;
Result *ResultsData = Results.data();
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Results.size(); I != N; ++I) {
  Result &R = ResultsData[I];
  if (R.Kind == Result::RK_Declaration &&
      isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
    if (R.Priority <= BestPriority) {
      const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration);
      if (NumSelIdents <= Method->param_size()) {
        QualType MyPreferredType =
            Method->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]->getType();
        if (R.Priority < BestPriority || PreferredType.isNull()) {
          BestPriority = R.Priority;
          PreferredType = MyPreferredType;
        } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType,
                                                   MyPreferredType)) {
          PreferredType = QualType();
        }
      }
    }
  }
}

return PreferredType;
7482}

7484static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
                                     ParsedType Receiver,
                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                                     bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper,
                                     ResultBuilder &Results) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr;

// If the given name refers to an interface type, retrieve the
// corresponding declaration.
if (Receiver) {
  QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, nullptr);
  if (!T.isNull())
    if (const ObjCObjectType *Interface = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
      CDecl = Interface->getInterface();
}

// Add all of the factory methods in this Objective-C class, its protocols,
// superclasses, categories, implementation, etc.
Results.EnterNewScope();

// If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send
// completion.
if (IsSuper) {
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
          AddSuperSendCompletion(SemaRef, false, SelIdents, Results))
    Results.Ignore(SuperMethod);
}

// If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to
// others.
if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl())
  Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector());

VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
if (CDecl)
  AddObjCMethods(CDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, SemaRef.CurContext,
                 Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
else {
  // We're messaging "id" as a type; provide all class/factory methods.

  // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
  // pool from the AST file.
  if (SemaRef.getExternalSource()) {
    for (uint32_t I = 0,
                  N = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetNumExternalSelectors();
         I != N; ++I) {
      Selector Sel = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetExternalSelector(I);
      if (Sel.isNull() || SemaRef.MethodPool.count(Sel))
        continue;

      SemaRef.ReadMethodPool(Sel);
    }
  }

  for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = SemaRef.MethodPool.begin(),
                                        MEnd = SemaRef.MethodPool.end();
       M != MEnd; ++M) {
    for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.second;
         MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
      if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
        continue;

      Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
               Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
      R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
      R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
      Results.MaybeAddResult(R, SemaRef.CurContext);
    }
  }
}

Results.ExitScope();
7557}

7559void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
                                      ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                                      bool AtArgumentExpression,
                                      bool IsSuper) {

QualType T = this->GetTypeFromParser(Receiver);

ResultBuilder Results(
    *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
    CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
    CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassMessage, T,
                          SelIdents));

AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, Receiver, SelIdents,
                           AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper, Results);

// If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the
// selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression.
// Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can
// code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as
// our preferred type, improving completion results.
if (AtArgumentExpression) {
  QualType PreferredType =
      getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size());
  if (PreferredType.isNull())
    CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
  else
    CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
  return;
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7592}

7594void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
                                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
                                         bool AtArgumentExpression,
                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

Expr *RecExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Receiver);

// If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver.
// C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8].
if (RecExpr) {
  ExprResult Conv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RecExpr);
  if (Conv.isInvalid()) // conversion failed. bail.
    return;
  RecExpr = Conv.get();
}
QualType ReceiverType = RecExpr
                            ? RecExpr->getType()
                            : Super ? Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
                                          Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Super))
                                    : Context.getObjCIdType();

// If we're messaging an expression with type "id" or "Class", check
// whether we know something special about the receiver that allows
// us to assume a more-specific receiver type.
if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() || ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) {
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(RecExpr)) {
    if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType())
      return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(
          S, ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)), SelIdents,
          AtArgumentExpression, Super);

    ReceiverType =
        Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace));
  }
} else if (RecExpr && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
  ExprResult Conv = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(RecExpr);
  if (Conv.isUsable()) {
    RecExpr = Conv.get();
    ReceiverType = RecExpr->getType();
  }
}

// Build the set of methods we can see.
ResultBuilder Results(
    *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
    CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
    CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage,
                          ReceiverType, SelIdents));

Results.EnterNewScope();

// If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send
// completion.
if (Super) {
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
          AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, false, SelIdents, Results))
    Results.Ignore(SuperMethod);
}

// If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to
// others.
if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl())
  Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector());

// Keep track of the selectors we've already added.
VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;

// Handle messages to Class. This really isn't a message to an instance
// method, so we treat it the same way we would treat a message send to a
// class method.
if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() ||
    ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) {
    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface())
      AddObjCMethods(ClassDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext,
                     Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
  }
}
// Handle messages to a qualified ID ("id<foo>").
else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QualID =
             ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
  // Search protocols for instance methods.
  for (auto *I : QualID->quals())
    AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors,
                   AtArgumentExpression, Results);
}
// Handle messages to a pointer to interface type.
else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IFacePtr =
             ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
  // Search the class, its superclasses, etc., for instance methods.
  AddObjCMethods(IFacePtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, MK_Any, SelIdents,
                 CurContext, Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);

  // Search protocols for instance methods.
  for (auto *I : IFacePtr->quals())
    AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors,
                   AtArgumentExpression, Results);
}
// Handle messages to "id".
else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType()) {
  // We're messaging "id", so provide all instance methods we know
  // about as code-completion results.

  // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
  // pool from the AST file.
  if (ExternalSource) {
    for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors();
         I != N; ++I) {
      Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
      if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
        continue;

      ReadMethodPool(Sel);
    }
  }

  for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
                                  MEnd = MethodPool.end();
       M != MEnd; ++M) {
    for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.first;
         MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
      if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
        continue;

      if (!Selectors.insert(MethList->getMethod()->getSelector()).second)
        continue;

      Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
               Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
      R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
      R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
      Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
    }
  }
}
Results.ExitScope();

// If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the
// selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression.
// Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can
// code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as
// our preferred type, improving completion results.
if (AtArgumentExpression) {
  QualType PreferredType =
      getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size());
  if (PreferredType.isNull())
    CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
  else
    CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
  return;
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7749}

7751void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
                                       DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar) {
CodeCompleteExpressionData Data;
Data.ObjCCollection = true;

if (IterationVar.getAsOpaquePtr()) {
  DeclGroupRef DG = IterationVar.get();
  for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), End = DG.end(); I != End; ++I) {
    if (*I)
      Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(*I);
  }
}

CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
7765}

7767void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
                                  ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) {
// If we have an external source, load the entire class method
// pool from the AST file.
if (ExternalSource) {
  for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N;
       ++I) {
    Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
    if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
      continue;

    ReadMethodPool(Sel);
  }
}

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SelectorName);
Results.EnterNewScope();
for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
                                MEnd = MethodPool.end();
     M != MEnd; ++M) {

  Selector Sel = M->first;
  if (!isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel, MK_Any, SelIdents))
    continue;

  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
    Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
    continue;
  }

  std::string Accumulator;
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
    if (I == SelIdents.size()) {
      if (!Accumulator.empty()) {
        Builder.AddInformativeChunk(
            Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator));
        Accumulator.clear();
      }
    }

    Accumulator += Sel.getNameForSlot(I);
    Accumulator += ':';
  }
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator));
  Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
}
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7823}

7825/// Add all of the protocol declarations that we find in the given
7826/// (translation unit) context.
7827static void AddProtocolResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext,
                             bool OnlyForwardDeclarations,
                             ResultBuilder &Results) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) {
  // Record any protocols we find.
  if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
    if (!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Proto->hasDefinition())
      Results.AddResult(
          Result(Proto, Results.getBasePriority(Proto), nullptr), CurContext,
          nullptr, false);
}
7840}

7842void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
  ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName);

if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
  Results.EnterNewScope();

  // Tell the result set to ignore all of the protocols we have
  // already seen.
  // FIXME: This doesn't work when caching code-completion results.
  for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : Protocols)
    if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second))
      Results.Ignore(Protocol);

  // Add all protocols.
  AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
                     Results);

  Results.ExitScope();
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7867}

7869void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName);

if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
  Results.EnterNewScope();

  // Add all protocols.
  AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, true,
                     Results);

  Results.ExitScope();
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7886}

7888/// Add all of the Objective-C interface declarations that we find in
7889/// the given (translation unit) context.
7890static void AddInterfaceResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext,
                              bool OnlyForwardDeclarations,
                              bool OnlyUnimplemented,
                              ResultBuilder &Results) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) {
  // Record any interfaces we find.
  if (const auto *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
    if ((!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Class->hasDefinition()) &&
        (!OnlyUnimplemented || !Class->getImplementation()))
      Results.AddResult(
          Result(Class, Results.getBasePriority(Class), nullptr), CurContext,
          nullptr, false);
}
7905}

7907void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName);
Results.EnterNewScope();

if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
  // Add all classes.
  AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
                      false, Results);
}

Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7923}

7925void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
                                    SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// Make sure that we ignore the class we're currently defining.
NamedDecl *CurClass =
    LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
if (CurClass && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass))
  Results.Ignore(CurClass);

if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
  // Add all classes.
  AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
                      false, Results);
}

Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7948}

7950void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation);
Results.EnterNewScope();

if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
  // Add all unimplemented classes.
  AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
                      true, Results);
}

Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
7966}

7968void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
                                           IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
                                           SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName);

// Ignore any categories we find that have already been implemented by this
// interface.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames;
NamedDecl *CurClass =
    LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class =
        dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) {
  for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories())
    CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier());
}

// Add all of the categories we know about.
Results.EnterNewScope();
TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
for (const auto *D : TU->decls())
  if (const auto *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
    if (CategoryNames.insert(Category->getIdentifier()).second)
      Results.AddResult(
          Result(Category, Results.getBasePriority(Category), nullptr),
          CurContext, nullptr, false);
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
8001}

8003void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
                                                IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
                                                SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;

// Find the corresponding interface. If we couldn't find the interface, the
// program itself is ill-formed. However, we'll try to be helpful still by
// providing the list of all of the categories we know about.
NamedDecl *CurClass =
    LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass);
if (!Class)
  return CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(S, ClassName, ClassNameLoc);

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName);

// Add all of the categories that have have corresponding interface
// declarations in this class and any of its superclasses, except for
// already-implemented categories in the class itself.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames;
Results.EnterNewScope();
bool IgnoreImplemented = true;
while (Class) {
  for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) {
    if ((!IgnoreImplemented || !Cat->getImplementation()) &&
        CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()).second)
      Results.AddResult(Result(Cat, Results.getBasePriority(Cat), nullptr),
                        CurContext, nullptr, false);
  }

  Class = Class->getSuperClass();
  IgnoreImplemented = false;
}
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
8042}

8044void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S) {
CodeCompletionContext CCContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext);

// Figure out where this @synthesize lives.
ObjCContainerDecl *Container =
    dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) &&
                   !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)))
  return;

// Ignore any properties that have already been implemented.
Container = getContainerDef(Container);
for (const auto *D : Container->decls())
  if (const auto *PropertyImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
    Results.Ignore(PropertyImpl->getPropertyDecl());

// Add any properties that we find.
AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
Results.EnterNewScope();
if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl =
        dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
  AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false,
                    /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext,
                    AddedProperties, Results);
else
  AddObjCProperties(CCContext,
                    cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)->getCategoryDecl(),
                    false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext,
                    AddedProperties, Results);
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
8079}

8081void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(
  Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *PropertyName) {
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);

// Figure out where this @synthesize lives.
ObjCContainerDecl *Container =
    dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) &&
                   !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)))
  return;

// Figure out which interface we're looking into.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl =
        dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
  Class = ClassImpl->getClassInterface();
else
  Class = cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)
              ->getCategoryDecl()
              ->getClassInterface();

// Determine the type of the property we're synthesizing.
QualType PropertyType = Context.getObjCIdType();
if (Class) {
  if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
          PropertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
    PropertyType =
        Property->getType().getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType();

    // Give preference to ivars
    Results.setPreferredType(PropertyType);
  }
}

// Add all of the instance variables in this class and its superclasses.
Results.EnterNewScope();
bool SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = false;
std::string NameWithPrefix;
NameWithPrefix += '_';
NameWithPrefix += PropertyName->getName();
std::string NameWithSuffix = PropertyName->getName().str();
NameWithSuffix += '_';
for (; Class; Class = Class->getSuperClass()) {
  for (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Ivar;
       Ivar = Ivar->getNextIvar()) {
    Results.AddResult(Result(Ivar, Results.getBasePriority(Ivar), nullptr),
                      CurContext, nullptr, false);

    // Determine whether we've seen an ivar with a name similar to the
    // property.
    if ((PropertyName == Ivar->getIdentifier() ||
         NameWithPrefix == Ivar->getName() ||
         NameWithSuffix == Ivar->getName())) {
      SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = true;

      // Reduce the priority of this result by one, to give it a slight
      // advantage over other results whose names don't match so closely.
      if (Results.size() &&
          Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Kind ==
              CodeCompletionResult::RK_Declaration &&
          Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Declaration == Ivar)
        Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Priority--;
    }
  }
}

if (!SawSimilarlyNamedIvar) {
  // Create ivar result _propName, that the user can use to synthesize
  // an ivar of the appropriate type.
  unsigned Priority = CCP_MemberDeclaration + 1;
  typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
  CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                                Priority, CXAvailability_Available);

  PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
  Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
      GetCompletionTypeString(PropertyType, Context, Policy, Allocator));
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(NameWithPrefix));
  Results.AddResult(
      Result(Builder.TakeString(), Priority, CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl));
}

Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
8171}

8173// Mapping from selectors to the methods that implement that selector, along
8174// with the "in original class" flag.
8175typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector,
                     llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 1, bool>>
  KnownMethodsMap;

8179/// Find all of the methods that reside in the given container
8180/// (and its superclasses, protocols, etc.) that meet the given
8181/// criteria. Insert those methods into the map of known methods,
8182/// indexed by selector so they can be easily found.
8183static void FindImplementableMethods(ASTContext &Context,
                                   ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
                                   Optional<bool> WantInstanceMethods,
                                   QualType ReturnType,
                                   KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods,
                                   bool InOriginalClass = true) {
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
  // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk.
  if (!IFace->hasDefinition())
    return;

  IFace = IFace->getDefinition();
  Container = IFace;

  const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
      IFace->getReferencedProtocols();
  for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
                                            E = Protocols.end();
       I != E; ++I)
    FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
                             KnownMethods, InOriginalClass);

  // Add methods from any class extensions and categories.
  for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
    FindImplementableMethods(Context, Cat, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
                             KnownMethods, false);
  }

  // Visit the superclass.
  if (IFace->getSuperClass())
    FindImplementableMethods(Context, IFace->getSuperClass(),
                             WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods,
                             false);
}

if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
  // Recurse into protocols.
  const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
      Category->getReferencedProtocols();
  for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
                                            E = Protocols.end();
       I != E; ++I)
    FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
                             KnownMethods, InOriginalClass);

  // If this category is the original class, jump to the interface.
  if (InOriginalClass && Category->getClassInterface())
    FindImplementableMethods(Context, Category->getClassInterface(),
                             WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods,
                             false);
}

if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
  // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk.
  if (!Protocol->hasDefinition())
    return;
  Protocol = Protocol->getDefinition();
  Container = Protocol;

  // Recurse into protocols.
  const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
      Protocol->getReferencedProtocols();
  for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
                                            E = Protocols.end();
       I != E; ++I)
    FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
                             KnownMethods, false);
}

// Add methods in this container. This operation occurs last because
// we want the methods from this container to override any methods
// we've previously seen with the same selector.
for (auto *M : Container->methods()) {
  if (!WantInstanceMethods || M->isInstanceMethod() == *WantInstanceMethods) {
    if (!ReturnType.isNull() &&
        !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType, M->getReturnType()))
      continue;

    KnownMethods[M->getSelector()] =
        KnownMethodsMap::mapped_type(M, InOriginalClass);
  }
}
8265}

8267/// Add the parenthesized return or parameter type chunk to a code
8268/// completion string.
8269static void AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(QualType Type, unsigned ObjCDeclQuals,
                                  ASTContext &Context,
                                  const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                                  CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) {
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCDeclQuals, Type);
if (!Quals.empty())
  Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Quals));
Builder.AddTextChunk(
    GetCompletionTypeString(Type, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8280}

8282/// Determine whether the given class is or inherits from a class by
8283/// the given name.
8284static bool InheritsFromClassNamed(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, StringRef Name) {
if (!Class)
  return false;

if (Class->getIdentifier() && Class->getIdentifier()->getName() == Name)
  return true;

return InheritsFromClassNamed(Class->getSuperClass(), Name);
8292}

8294/// Add code completions for Objective-C Key-Value Coding (KVC) and
8295/// Key-Value Observing (KVO).
8296static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
                                     bool IsInstanceMethod,
                                     QualType ReturnType, ASTContext &Context,
                                     VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors,
                                     ResultBuilder &Results) {
IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier();
if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0)
1
Assuming 'PropName' is non-null→
2
←
Assuming the condition is false→
3
←
Taking false branch→
  return;

PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema());

// Builder that will create each code completion.
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

// The selector table.
SelectorTable &Selectors = Context.Selectors;

// The property name, copied into the code completion allocation region
// on demand.
struct KeyHolder {
  CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;
  StringRef Key;
  const char *CopiedKey;

  KeyHolder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, StringRef Key)
      : Allocator(Allocator), Key(Key), CopiedKey(nullptr) {}

  operator const char *() {
    if (CopiedKey)
      return CopiedKey;

    return CopiedKey = Allocator.CopyString(Key);
  }
} Key(Allocator, PropName->getName());

// The uppercased name of the property name.
std::string UpperKey = std::string(PropName->getName());
if (!UpperKey.empty())
4
←
Assuming the condition is false→
5
←
Taking false branch→
  UpperKey[0] = toUppercase(UpperKey[0]);

bool ReturnTypeMatchesProperty =
    ReturnType.isNull() ||
    Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType.getNonReferenceType(),
                                   Property->getType());
bool ReturnTypeMatchesVoid = ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType();

// Add the normal accessor -(type)key.
if (IsInstanceMethod &&
6
←
Assuming 'IsInstanceMethod' is true→
8
←
Taking false branch→
    KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)).second &&
7
←
Assuming field 'second' is false→
    ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) {
  if (ReturnType.isNull())
    AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy,
                            Builder);

  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Key);
  Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
                           CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
}

// If we have an integral or boolean property (or the user has provided
// an integral or boolean return type), add the accessor -(type)isKey.
if (IsInstanceMethod8.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 &&
9
←
Taking false branch→
    ((!ReturnType.isNull() &&
      (ReturnType->isIntegerType() || ReturnType->isBooleanType())) ||
     (ReturnType.isNull() && (Property->getType()->isIntegerType() ||
                              Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("is") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
          .second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName()));
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Add the normal mutator.
if (IsInstanceMethod9.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid9.2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
 &&
    !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("set") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName() + ":"));
    AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy,
                            Builder);
    Builder.AddTextChunk(Key);
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Indexed and unordered accessors
unsigned IndexedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
unsigned IndexedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
unsigned UnorderedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
unsigned UnorderedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
if (const auto *ObjCPointer =
11
←
Assuming 'ObjCPointer' is non-null→
12
←
Taking true branch→
        Property->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
10
←
Assuming the object is a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ObjCPointer->getInterfaceDecl()) {
13
←
Assuming 'IFace' is null→
14
←
Taking false branch→
    // If this interface type is not provably derived from a known
    // collection, penalize the corresponding completions.
    if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableArray")) {
      IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
      if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSArray"))
        IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
    }

    if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableSet")) {
      UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
      if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSSet"))
        UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
    }
  }
} else {
  IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
  IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
  UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
  UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
}

// Add -(NSUInteger)countOf<key>
if (IsInstanceMethod14.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 &&
15
←
Taking false branch→
    (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("countOf") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
          .second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName()));
    Results.AddResult(
        Result(Builder.TakeString(),
               std::min(IndexedGetterPriority, UnorderedGetterPriority),
               CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Indexed getters
// Add -(id)objectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
if (IsInstanceMethod15.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 &&
16
←
Taking false branch→
    (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("objectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Add -(NSArray *)keyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
if (IsInstanceMethod16.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 &&
17
←
Taking false branch→
    (ReturnType.isNull() ||
     (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
      ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
      ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
              ->getInterfaceDecl()
              ->getName() == "NSArray"))) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes").str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Add -(void)getKey:(type **)buffer range:(NSRange)inRange
if (IsInstanceMethod17.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid17.2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
) {
18
←
Taking false branch→
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("get") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
                                    &Context.Idents.get("range")};

  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
    Builder.AddTextChunk(" **");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("buffer");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("range:");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSRange");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("inRange");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Mutable indexed accessors

// - (void)insertObject:(type *)object inKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
if (IsInstanceMethod18.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid18.2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
) {
19
←
Taking false branch→
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("in") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get("insertObject"),
                                    &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName)};

  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("insertObject:");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
    Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// - (void)insertKey:(NSArray *)array atIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
if (IsInstanceMethod19.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid19.2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
) {
20
←
Taking false branch→
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("insert") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
                                    &Context.Idents.get("atIndexes")};

  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("array");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("atIndexes:");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// -(void)removeObjectFromKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
if (IsInstanceMethod20.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid20.2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
) {
21
←
Taking false branch→
  std::string SelectorName =
      (Twine("removeObjectFrom") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// -(void)removeKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
if (IsInstanceMethod21.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid21.2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
) {
22
←
Taking false branch→
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// - (void)replaceObjectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withObject:(id)object
if (IsInstanceMethod22.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid22.2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
) {
23
←
Taking false branch→
  std::string SelectorName =
      (Twine("replaceObjectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
                                    &Context.Idents.get("withObject")};

  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("withObject:");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// - (void)replaceKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes withKey:(NSArray *)array
if (IsInstanceMethod23.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid23.2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
2
'ReturnTypeMatchesVoid' is false
) {
24
←
Taking false branch→
  std::string SelectorName1 =
      (Twine("replace") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
  std::string SelectorName2 = (Twine("with") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName1),
                                    &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName2)};

  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName1 + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName2 + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("array");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Unordered getters
// - (NSEnumerator *)enumeratorOfKey
if (IsInstanceMethod24.1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
1
'IsInstanceMethod' is true
 &&
    (ReturnType.isNull() ||
25
←
Calling 'QualType::isNull'→
31
←
Returning from 'QualType::isNull'→
     (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
32
←
Calling 'Type::isObjCObjectPointerType'→
35
←
Returning from 'Type::isObjCObjectPointerType'→
      ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
36
←
Assuming the object is a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
37
←
Assuming the condition is true→
      ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
38
←
Assuming the object is not a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
39
←
Called C++ object pointer is null
              ->getInterfaceDecl()
              ->getName() == "NSEnumerator"))) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("enumeratorOf") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
          .second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("NSEnumerator *");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// - (type *)memberOfKey:(type *)object
if (IsInstanceMethod &&
    (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("memberOf") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
      Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
      Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
    } else {
      Builder.AddTextChunk(GetCompletionTypeString(
          ReturnType, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
    }
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Mutable unordered accessors
// - (void)addKeyObject:(type *)object
if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
  std::string SelectorName =
      (Twine("add") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
    Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// - (void)addKey:(NSSet *)objects
if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("add") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// - (void)removeKeyObject:(type *)object
if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
  std::string SelectorName =
      (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
    Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// - (void)removeKey:(NSSet *)objects
if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// - (void)intersectKey:(NSSet *)objects
if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
  std::string SelectorName = (Twine("intersect") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
                             CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
  }
}

// Key-Value Observing
// + (NSSet *)keyPathsForValuesAffectingKey
if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
    (ReturnType.isNull() ||
     (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
      ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
      ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
              ->getInterfaceDecl()
              ->getName() == "NSSet"))) {
  std::string SelectorName =
      (Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
          .second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet<NSString *> *");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
                             CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
  }
}

// + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey
if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
    (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType() ||
     ReturnType->isBooleanType())) {
  std::string SelectorName =
      (Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf") + UpperKey).str();
  IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
  if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
          .second) {
    if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
      Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
    }

    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
    Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
                             CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
  }
}
8907}

8909void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod,
                                    ParsedType ReturnTy) {
// Determine the return type of the method we're declaring, if
// provided.
QualType ReturnType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy);
Decl *IDecl = nullptr;
if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) {
  ObjCContainerDecl *OCD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
  IDecl = OCD;
}
// Determine where we should start searching for methods.
ObjCContainerDecl *SearchDecl = nullptr;
bool IsInImplementation = false;
if (Decl *D = IDecl) {
  if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
    SearchDecl = Impl->getClassInterface();
    IsInImplementation = true;
  } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl =
                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) {
    SearchDecl = CatImpl->getCategoryDecl();
    IsInImplementation = true;
  } else
    SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(D);
}

if (!SearchDecl && S) {
  if (DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity())
    SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC);
}

if (!SearchDecl) {
  HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
                            CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, nullptr, 0);
  return;
}

// Find all of the methods that we could declare/implement here.
KnownMethodsMap KnownMethods;
FindImplementableMethods(Context, SearchDecl, IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType,
                         KnownMethods);

// Add declarations or definitions for each of the known methods.
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();
PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(),
                               MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
     M != MEnd; ++M) {
  ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->second.getPointer();
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());

  // Add the '-'/'+' prefix if it wasn't provided yet.
  if (!IsInstanceMethod) {
    Builder.AddTextChunk(Method->isInstanceMethod() ? "-" : "+");
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  }

  // If the result type was not already provided, add it to the
  // pattern as (type).
  if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
    QualType ResTy = Method->getSendResultType().stripObjCKindOfType(Context);
    AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ResTy);
    AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ResTy, Method->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context,
                            Policy, Builder);
  }

  Selector Sel = Method->getSelector();

  if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
    // Unary selectors have no arguments.
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
  } else {
    // Add all parameters to the pattern.
    unsigned I = 0;
    for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
                                        PEnd = Method->param_end();
         P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++I) {
      // Add the part of the selector name.
      if (I == 0)
        Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
            Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
      else if (I < Sel.getNumArgs()) {
        Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
        Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
            Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
      } else
        break;

      // Add the parameter type.
      QualType ParamType;
      if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
        ParamType = (*P)->getType();
      else
        ParamType = (*P)->getOriginalType();
      ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs(
          Context, {}, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
      AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ParamType);
      AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ParamType, (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
                              Context, Policy, Builder);

      if (IdentifierInfo *Id = (*P)->getIdentifier())
        Builder.AddTextChunk(
            Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Id->getName()));
    }
  }

  if (Method->isVariadic()) {
    if (Method->param_size() > 0)
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
    Builder.AddTextChunk("...");
  }

  if (IsInImplementation && Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
    // We will be defining the method here, so add a compound statement.
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    if (!Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
      // If the result type is not void, add a return clause.
      Builder.AddTextChunk("return");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
      Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
    } else
      Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");

    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
    Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
  }

  unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern;
  auto R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), Method, Priority);
  if (!M->second.getInt())
    setInBaseClass(R);
  Results.AddResult(std::move(R));
}

// Add Key-Value-Coding and Key-Value-Observing accessor methods for all of
// the properties in this class and its categories.
if (Context.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
  SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers;
  Containers.push_back(SearchDecl);

  VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors;
  for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(),
                                 MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
       M != MEnd; ++M)
    KnownSelectors.insert(M->first);

  ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(SearchDecl);
  if (!IFace)
    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(SearchDecl))
      IFace = Category->getClassInterface();

  if (IFace)
    for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories())
      Containers.push_back(Cat);

  if (IsInstanceMethod) {
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Containers.size(); I != N; ++I)
      for (auto *P : Containers[I]->instance_properties())
        AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(P, *IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context,
                                   KnownSelectors, Results);
  }
}

Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
9084}

9086void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(
  Scope *S, bool IsInstanceMethod, bool AtParameterName, ParsedType ReturnTy,
  ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) {
// If we have an external source, load the entire class method
// pool from the AST file.
if (ExternalSource) {
  for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N;
       ++I) {
    Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
    if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
      continue;

    ReadMethodPool(Sel);
  }
}

// Build the set of methods we can see.
typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);

if (ReturnTy)
  Results.setPreferredType(GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy).getNonReferenceType());

Results.EnterNewScope();
for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
                                MEnd = MethodPool.end();
     M != MEnd; ++M) {
  for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = IsInstanceMethod ? &M->second.first
                                                   : &M->second.second;
       MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
    if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
      continue;

    if (AtParameterName) {
      // Suggest parameter names we've seen before.
      unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size();
      if (NumSelIdents &&
          NumSelIdents <= MethList->getMethod()->param_size()) {
        ParmVarDecl *Param =
            MethList->getMethod()->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1];
        if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
          CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                        Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
          Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
              Param->getIdentifier()->getName()));
          Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
        }
      }

      continue;
    }

    Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
             Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
    R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
    R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
    R.DeclaringEntity = true;
    Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
  }
}

Results.ExitScope();

if (!AtParameterName && !SelIdents.empty() &&
    SelIdents.front()->getName().startswith("init")) {
  for (const auto &M : PP.macros()) {
    if (M.first->getName() != "NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER")
      continue;
    Results.EnterNewScope();
    CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M.first->getName()));
    Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Macro,
                                           CXCursor_MacroDefinition));
    Results.ExitScope();
  }
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
9169}

9171void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorDirective);
Results.EnterNewScope();

// #if <condition>
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #ifdef <macro>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifdef");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #ifndef <macro>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifndef");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

if (InConditional) {
  // #elif <condition>
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elif");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
  Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

  // #elifdef <macro>
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elifdef");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
  Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

  // #elifndef <macro>
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elifndef");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
  Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

  // #else
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else");
  Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

  // #endif
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("endif");
  Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
}

// #include "header"
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #include <header>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #define <macro>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #define <macro>(<args>)
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("args");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #undef <macro>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("undef");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #line <number>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #line <number> "filename"
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("filename");
Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #error <message>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("error");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #pragma <arguments>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("pragma");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("arguments");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
  // #import "header"
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
  Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
  Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

  // #import <header>
  Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import");
  Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
  Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
  Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
  Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
  Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
}

// #include_next "header"
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #include_next <header>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// #warning <message>
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("warning");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());

// Note: #ident and #sccs are such crazy anachronisms that we don't provide
// completions for them. And __include_macros is a Clang-internal extension
// that we don't want to encourage anyone to use.

// FIXME: we don't support #assert or #unassert, so don't suggest them.
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
9339}

9341void Sema::CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S) {
CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, S->getFnParent() ? Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction
                                             : Sema::PCC_Namespace);
9344}

9346void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition) {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      IsDefinition ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroName
                                   : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroNameUse);
if (!IsDefinition && (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())) {
  // Add just the names of macros, not their arguments.
  CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                                Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
  Results.EnterNewScope();
  for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(),
                                    MEnd = PP.macro_end();
       M != MEnd; ++M) {
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
        Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M->first->getName()));
    Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
        Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, CXCursor_MacroDefinition));
  }
  Results.ExitScope();
} else if (IsDefinition) {
  // FIXME: Can we detect when the user just wrote an include guard above?
}

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
9371}

9373void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorExpression);

if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
  AddMacroResults(PP, Results,
                  !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true);

// defined (<macro>)
Results.EnterNewScope();
CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
                              Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("defined");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
Results.ExitScope();

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
9396}

9398void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
                                               IdentifierInfo *Macro,
                                               MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
                                               unsigned Argument) {
// FIXME: In the future, we could provide "overload" results, much like we
// do for function calls.

// Now just ignore this. There will be another code-completion callback
// for the expanded tokens.
9407}

9409// This handles completion inside an #include filename, e.g. #include <foo/ba
9410// We look for the directory "foo" under each directory on the include path,
9411// list its files, and reassemble the appropriate #include.
9412void Sema::CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool Angled) {
// RelDir should use /, but unescaped \ is possible on windows!
// Our completions will normalize to / for simplicity, this case is rare.
std::string RelDir = llvm::sys::path::convert_to_slash(Dir);
// We need the native slashes for the actual file system interactions.
SmallString<128> NativeRelDir = StringRef(RelDir);
llvm::sys::path::native(NativeRelDir);
llvm::vfs::FileSystem &FS =
    getSourceManager().getFileManager().getVirtualFileSystem();

ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_IncludedFile);
llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SeenResults; // To deduplicate results.

// Helper: adds one file or directory completion result.
auto AddCompletion = [&](StringRef Filename, bool IsDirectory) {
  SmallString<64> TypedChunk = Filename;
  // Directory completion is up to the slash, e.g. <sys/
  TypedChunk.push_back(IsDirectory ? '/' : Angled ? '>' : '"');
  auto R = SeenResults.insert(TypedChunk);
  if (R.second) { // New completion
    const char *InternedTyped = Results.getAllocator().CopyString(TypedChunk);
    *R.first = InternedTyped; // Avoid dangling StringRef.
    CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                                  CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
    Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(InternedTyped);
    // The result is a "Pattern", which is pretty opaque.
    // We may want to include the real filename to allow smart ranking.
    Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
  }
};

// Helper: scans IncludeDir for nice files, and adds results for each.
auto AddFilesFromIncludeDir = [&](StringRef IncludeDir,
                                  bool IsSystem,
                                  DirectoryLookup::LookupType_t LookupType) {
  llvm::SmallString<128> Dir = IncludeDir;
  if (!NativeRelDir.empty()) {
    if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework) {
      // For a framework dir, #include <Foo/Bar/> actually maps to
      // a path of Foo.framework/Headers/Bar/.
      auto Begin = llvm::sys::path::begin(NativeRelDir);
      auto End = llvm::sys::path::end(NativeRelDir);

      llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, *Begin + ".framework", "Headers");
      llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, ++Begin, End);
    } else {
      llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, NativeRelDir);
    }
  }

  std::error_code EC;
  unsigned Count = 0;
  for (auto It = FS.dir_begin(Dir, EC);
       !EC && It != llvm::vfs::directory_iterator(); It.increment(EC)) {
    if (++Count == 2500) // If we happen to hit a huge directory,
      break;             // bail out early so we're not too slow.
    StringRef Filename = llvm::sys::path::filename(It->path());

    // To know whether a symlink should be treated as file or a directory, we
    // have to stat it. This should be cheap enough as there shouldn't be many
    // symlinks.
    llvm::sys::fs::file_type Type = It->type();
    if (Type == llvm::sys::fs::file_type::symlink_file) {
      if (auto FileStatus = FS.status(It->path()))
        Type = FileStatus->getType();
    }
    switch (Type) {
    case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::directory_file:
      // All entries in a framework directory must have a ".framework" suffix,
      // but the suffix does not appear in the source code's include/import.
      if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework &&
          NativeRelDir.empty() && !Filename.consume_back(".framework"))
        break;

      AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/true);
      break;
    case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::regular_file:
      // Only files that really look like headers. (Except in system dirs).
      if (!IsSystem) {
        // Header extensions from Types.def, which we can't depend on here.
        if (!(Filename.endswith_insensitive(".h") ||
              Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hh") ||
              Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hpp") ||
              Filename.endswith_insensitive(".inc")))
          break;
      }
      AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/false);
      break;
    default:
      break;
    }
  }
};

// Helper: adds results relative to IncludeDir, if possible.
auto AddFilesFromDirLookup = [&](const DirectoryLookup &IncludeDir,
                                 bool IsSystem) {
  switch (IncludeDir.getLookupType()) {
  case DirectoryLookup::LT_HeaderMap:
    // header maps are not (currently) enumerable.
    break;
  case DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir:
    AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getDir()->getName(), IsSystem,
                           DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir);
    break;
  case DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework:
    AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getFrameworkDir()->getName(), IsSystem,
                           DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework);
    break;
  }
};

// Finally with all our helpers, we can scan the include path.
// Do this in standard order so deduplication keeps the right file.
// (In case we decide to add more details to the results later).
const auto &S = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
using llvm::make_range;
if (!Angled) {
  // The current directory is on the include path for "quoted" includes.
  auto *CurFile = PP.getCurrentFileLexer()->getFileEntry();
  if (CurFile && CurFile->getDir())
    AddFilesFromIncludeDir(CurFile->getDir()->getName(), false,
                           DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir);
  for (const auto &D : make_range(S.quoted_dir_begin(), S.quoted_dir_end()))
    AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false);
}
for (const auto &D : make_range(S.angled_dir_begin(), S.angled_dir_end()))
  AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false);
for (const auto &D : make_range(S.system_dir_begin(), S.system_dir_end()))
  AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, true);

HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
9547}

9549void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() {
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
                          CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NaturalLanguage, nullptr,
                          0);
9553}

9555void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() {
ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
Results.EnterNewScope();
static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS", "iOS", "watchOS", "tvOS"};
for (const char *Platform : llvm::makeArrayRef(Platforms)) {
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Platform));
  Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
      Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension")));
}
Results.ExitScope();
HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
                          Results.data(), Results.size());
9569}

9571void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(
  CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) {
ResultBuilder Builder(*this, Allocator, CCTUInfo,
                      CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery);
if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
  CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Builder,
                                      Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
  LookupVisibleDecls(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), LookupAnyName,
                     Consumer,
                     !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
}

if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
  AddMacroResults(PP, Builder,
                  !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true);

Results.clear();
Results.insert(Results.end(), Builder.data(),
               Builder.data() + Builder.size());
9591}

←

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h

→

1//===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9/// \file
10/// C Language Family Type Representation
11///
12/// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
13/// represent types for languages in the C family.
14//
15//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

17#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
18#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H

20#include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h"
21#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
22#include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
23#include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
24#include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h"
25#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
26#include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
33#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
34#include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
35#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
44#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
45#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
46#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
47#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
48#include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
49#include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
50#include <cassert>
51#include <cstddef>
52#include <cstdint>
53#include <cstring>
54#include <string>
55#include <type_traits>
56#include <utility>

58namespace clang {

60class ExtQuals;
61class QualType;
62class ConceptDecl;
63class TagDecl;
64class TemplateParameterList;
65class Type;

67enum {
TypeAlignmentInBits = 4,
TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits
70};

72namespace serialization {
template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter;
75}

77} // namespace clang

79namespace llvm {

template <typename T>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits;
template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
  }

  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits;
};

template<>
struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> {
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }

  static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
    return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
  }

  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits;
};

105} // namespace llvm

107namespace clang {

109class ASTContext;
110template <typename> class CanQual;
111class CXXRecordDecl;
112class DeclContext;
113class EnumDecl;
114class Expr;
115class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
116class FunctionDecl;
117class IdentifierInfo;
118class NamedDecl;
119class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
120class ObjCProtocolDecl;
121class ObjCTypeParamDecl;
122struct PrintingPolicy;
123class RecordDecl;
124class Stmt;
125class TagDecl;
126class TemplateArgument;
127class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
128class TemplateArgumentLoc;
129class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
130class TypedefNameDecl;
131class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;

133using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;

135// Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes.
136#define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
137#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

139/// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
140/// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
141/// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
142/// * MS: __unaligned
143/// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
144/// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
145class Qualifiers {
146public:
enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
  Const    = 0x1,
  Restrict = 0x2,
  Volatile = 0x4,
  CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
};

enum GC {
  GCNone = 0,
  Weak,
  Strong
};

enum ObjCLifetime {
  /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
  OCL_None,

  /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
  /// releases.
  OCL_ExplicitNone,

  /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
  /// released and the new value to be retained.  The timing of the
  /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
  /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
  /// live.
  OCL_Strong,

  /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
  OCL_Weak,

  /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
  OCL_Autoreleasing
};

enum {
  /// The maximum supported address space number.
  /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone.
  MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu,

  /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
  FastWidth = 3,

  /// The fast qualifier mask.
  FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
};

/// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
/// the given sets.
static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) {
  // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
  if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
    Qualifiers Q;
    Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
    L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
    return Q;
  }

  Qualifiers Q;
  unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
  Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
  R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);

  if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
    Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr());
    L.removeObjCGCAttr();
    R.removeObjCGCAttr();
  }

  if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
    Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime());
    L.removeObjCLifetime();
    R.removeObjCLifetime();
  }

  if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
    Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace());
    L.removeAddressSpace();
    R.removeAddressSpace();
  }
  return Q;
}

static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
  return Qs;
}

static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU);
  return Qs;
}

// Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
  Qualifiers Qs;
  Qs.Mask = opaque;
  return Qs;
}

// Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
  return Mask;
}

bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; }
void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }

bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; }
void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }

bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; }
void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }

bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); }

void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0);
  Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0);
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeCVRQualifiers() {
  removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
}
void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0);
  Mask |= mask;
}
void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((void)0);
  Mask |= mask;
}

bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; }
void setUnaligned(bool flag) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0);
}
void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; }
void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
}
void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) {
  assert(type)((void)0);
  setObjCGCAttr(type);
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeObjCLifetime();
  return qs;
}
Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const {
  Qualifiers qs = *this;
  qs.removeAddressSpace();
  return qs;
}

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
}
void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
}
void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) {
  assert(type)((void)0);
  assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((void)0);
  Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
}

/// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
}

/// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
  return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const {
  return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift);
}
bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const {
  return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace());
}
/// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const {
  auto Addr = getAddressSpace();
  // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific
  // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider
  // printing the QualType instead of the address space value.
  assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((void)0);
  if (Addr != LangAS::Default)
    return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr);
  // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed
  // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default
  // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))).
  return 0;
}
void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)((void)0);
  Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
       | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
}
void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); }
void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
  assert(space != LangAS::Default)((void)0);
  setAddressSpace(space);
}

// Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
// on a QualType object.
bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0);
  Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0);
  Mask &= ~mask;
}
void removeFastQualifiers() {
  removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
}
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0);
  Mask |= mask;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals
/// node to be allocated.
bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const {
  Qualifiers Quals = *this;
  Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
  return Quals;
}

/// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
bool empty() const { return !Mask; }

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-or it in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask |= Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
      addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
    if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
      addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
    if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
      addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
  }
}

/// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
  // bit-and the inverse in.
  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
    Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
  else {
    Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
    if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
      removeObjCGCAttr();
    if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
      removeObjCLifetime();
    if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
      removeAddressSpace();
  }
}

/// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
/// they don't conflict.
void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) {
  assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((void)0)
         !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((void)0);
  assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((void)0)
         !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((void)0);
  assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((void)0)
         !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((void)0);
  Mask |= qs.Mask;
}

/// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B.
/// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of
/// overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   every address space is a superset of itself.
/// CL2.0 adds:
///   __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant.
static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) {
  // Address spaces must match exactly.
  return A == B ||
         // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except
         // for __constant can be used as __generic.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) ||
         // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces,
         // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers
         // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global.
         (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device ||
                                         B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) ||
         (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device ||
                                       B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) ||
         // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default.
         ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) &&
          (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) ||
         // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces.
         (A == LangAS::Default &&
          (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local ||
           B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device ||
           B == LangAS::sycl_global_host));
}

/// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or
/// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers.
bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
/// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
/// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) &&
         // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't
         // be changed.
         (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
          !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
         // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
         getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
         // CVR qualifiers may subset.
         (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) &&
         // U qualifier may superset.
         (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
}

/// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
/// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
///
/// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
/// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
/// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak
/// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes).
bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const {
  if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
    return true;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
    return false;

  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None)
    return true;

  return hasConst();
}

/// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
/// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;

bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }

explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }

Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) {
  addQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

// Union two qualifier sets.  If an enumerated qualifier appears
// in both sets, use the one from the right.
friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L += R;
  return L;
}

Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) {
  removeQualifiers(R);
  return *this;
}

/// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
  L -= R;
  return L;
}

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS);

bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddInteger(Mask);
}

589private:
// bits:     |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6  ..  8|9   ...   31|
//           |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
uint32_t Mask = 0;

static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8;
static const uint32_t UShift = 3;
static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30;
static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4;
static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0;
static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6;
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask =
    ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask);
static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9;
603};

605/// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
606/// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
607struct SplitQualType {
/// The locally-unqualified type.
const Type *Ty = nullptr;

/// The local qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

SplitQualType() = default;
SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}

SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file

// Make std::tie work.
std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const {
  return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
}

friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
}
friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) {
  return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
}
630};

632/// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
633///
634/// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when
635/// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an
636/// unspecialized type.
637enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext {
/// An ordinary type.
Ordinary,

/// The result type of a method or function.
Result,

/// The parameter type of a method or function.
Parameter,

/// The type of a property.
Property,

/// The superclass of a type.
Superclass,
652};

654/// A (possibly-)qualified type.
655///
656/// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their
657/// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers.  This
658/// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
659/// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
660/// 'const volatile int', etc).
661///
662/// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
663/// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
664/// pointer.  To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
665/// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer.  A third bit
666/// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
667/// case the pointer points to a special structure.
668class QualType {
friend class QualifierCollector;

// Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>,
                     Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value;

const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
}

const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
  return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
}

const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
  assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((void)0);
  auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
  CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
  return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
}

690public:
QualType() = default;
QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}

unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }

/// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
///
/// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
/// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
const Type *getTypePtr() const;

const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;

/// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;

/// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
/// qualifiers.
SplitQualType split() const;

void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }

static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
  QualType T;
  T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
  return T;
}

const Type &operator*() const {
  return *getTypePtr();
}

const Type *operator->() const {
  return getTypePtr();
}

bool isCanonical() const;
bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;

/// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
bool isNull() const {
  return Value.getPointer().isNull();
26
←
Calling 'PointerUnion::isNull'→
29
←
Returning from 'PointerUnion::isNull'→
30
←
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later→
}

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "const" at a different level.
bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
bool isConstQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "restrict" at a different level.
bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

/// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
bool isRestrictQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
/// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
/// added "volatile" at a different level.
bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const {
  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
bool isVolatileQualified() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
/// qualifiers at a different level.
bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
}

/// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
bool hasQualifiers() const;

/// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
/// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
/// instance.
bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const {
  return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
}

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
/// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
/// other sugar.
Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
/// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
  return getLocalFastQualifiers();
}

/// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
/// applied to this type.
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;

bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const {
  return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
}

/// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
/// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules
/// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
/// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike
/// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account.
bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const;


/// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic.
bool mayBeDynamicClass() const;

/// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic.
bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const;

// Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
// easily added.

/// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addConst() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}
QualType withConst() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
}

/// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType.
void addVolatile() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}
QualType withVolatile() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
}

/// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType.
void addRestrict() {
  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}
QualType withRestrict() const {
  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
}

QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
  return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
}

void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
  assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((void)0)
         && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((void)0);
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
}

void removeLocalConst();
void removeLocalVolatile();
void removeLocalRestrict();
void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);

void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((void)0);
  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
}

// Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
// qualifiers already on this type.
QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
  return T;
}

// Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
// any existing fast qualifiers.
QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
  return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
}

// Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const {
  QualType T = *this;
  T.removeLocalFastQualifiers();
  return T;
}

QualType getCanonicalType() const;

/// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
/// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
/// through typedefs.
QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
/// removing as little sugar as possible.
///
/// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
/// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
///
/// \code
/// typedef int Integer;
/// typedef const Integer CInteger;
/// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
/// \endcode
///
/// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
/// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little
/// sugar as possible.
///
/// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
/// qualifiers that were built up.
///
/// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
/// type.  To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
/// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;

/// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
/// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;

QualType getNonReferenceType() const;

/// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
/// specified result type.
///
/// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
/// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
/// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
/// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
/// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const;

/// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part
/// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that
/// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a
/// pack expansion type.
QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
/// the type.  This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc.  If the outer level of
/// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.  This is similar
/// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs.  For
/// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
/// concrete.
///
/// Qualifiers are left in place.
QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
}

SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const {
  return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
}

/// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
/// the type.
///
/// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
/// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
}

/// Returns the specified type after dropping any
/// outer-level parentheses.
QualType IgnoreParens() const {
  if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
    return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
  return *this;
}

/// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
}
friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
  return LHS.Value < RHS.Value;
}

static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
  return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy);
}
static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                               const PrintingPolicy &Policy);

std::string getAsString() const;
std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
           const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
           unsigned Indentation = 0) const;

static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
                  const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0) {
  return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                  raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
                  const Twine &PlaceHolder,
                  unsigned Indentation = 0);

void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
  return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
}

static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
                                std::string &out,
                                const PrintingPolicy &policy);

class StreamedQualTypeHelper {
  const QualType &T;
  const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
  const Twine &PlaceHolder;
  unsigned Indentation;

public:
  StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                         const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
      : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder),
        Indentation(Indentation) {}

  friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
    SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation);
    return OS;
  }
};

StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                              const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
                              unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
  return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
}

void dump(const char *s) const;
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
}

/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
inline bool hasAddressSpace() const;

/// Return the address space of this type.
inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const;

/// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space
/// qualifiers.
/// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces
/// and notion of overlapping address spaces.
/// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
///   address spaces overlap iff they are they same.
/// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds:
///   __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant.
bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const {
  Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers();
  Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers();
  // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another
  return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q);
}

/// Returns gc attribute of this type.
inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;

/// true when Type is objc's weak.
bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
}

/// true when Type is objc's strong.
bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
}

/// Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const {
  return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
}

// true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't.
bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const;

enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PDIK_Trivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PDIK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial.
  PDIK_Struct
};

/// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types.

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize
/// and return the kind.
PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind
isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const;

enum PrimitiveCopyKind {
  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
  PCK_Trivial,

  /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types
  /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be
  /// volatile-qualified.
  PCK_VolatileTrivial,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
  PCK_ARCStrong,

  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
  PCK_ARCWeak,

  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither
  /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial.
  /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying
  /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend
  /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by
  /// overload resolution to do the copy.
  PCK_Struct
};

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the
/// kind.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const;

/// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
/// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively
/// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style
/// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state
/// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the
/// source object is placed in an uninitialized state.
PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const;

enum DestructionKind {
  DK_none,
  DK_cxx_destructor,
  DK_objc_strong_lifetime,
  DK_objc_weak_lifetime,
  DK_nontrivial_c_struct
};

/// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require
/// non-trivial work to clean up after.  Non-zero because it's
/// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
/// something require destruction.
DestructionKind isDestructedType() const {
  return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
}

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to
/// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial
/// to default-initialize. If this returns true,
/// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct,
/// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If
/// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const;

/// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which
/// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns
/// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct.
bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const;

/// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
/// from being lvalues in C.
///
/// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
///   - 'void', but not qualified void
///   - function types
///
/// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
///   An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
///   type other than void.
bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;

/// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the
/// subject type.
///
/// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists.
///
/// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the
/// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally
/// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type
/// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate
/// for the context.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the resulting type.
QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
                           ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                           ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type
/// parameters used in the subject type.
///
/// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for
/// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of
/// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of
/// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation.
///
/// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're
/// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message
/// or the base of a property access.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was
/// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should
/// be substituted.
///
/// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
///
/// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type
/// parameters with their corresponding arguments.
QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType,
                             const DeclContext *dc,
                             ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;

/// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type.
QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

/// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic.
QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const;

1289private:
// These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
// "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
// caller.
static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx);
static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
                                               const ASTContext &C);
static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);

/// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union.
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD);
1306};

1308} // namespace clang

1310namespace llvm {

1312/// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
1313/// to a specific Type class.
1314template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *;

static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) {
  return Val.getTypePtr();
}
1320};

1322// Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
1323template<>
1324struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
  return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
}

static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
  return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P);
}

// Various qualifiers go in low bits.
static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0;
1335};

1337} // namespace llvm

1339namespace clang {

1341/// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
1342/// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
1343/// two.
1344class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
friend class ExtQuals;
friend class QualType;
friend class Type;

/// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
/// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
///
/// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
/// underlying type pointer.
const Type *const BaseType;

/// The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
QualType CanonicalType;

ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
    : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
1361};

1363/// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
1364/// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
1365/// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type.  Therefore we have this
1366/// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
1367/// store qualifiers.
1368///
1369/// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
1370/// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
1371/// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
1372/// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
1373class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
// NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
// long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
// 1. Qualifiers:
//    a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
//       Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
//    b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
// 2. QualType:
//    a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
//    b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
//       this header.
// 3. ASTContext:
//    a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.

/// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains
/// extended qualifiers.
Qualifiers Quals;

ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }

1393public:
ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
      Quals(quals) {
  assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((void)0)
         && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((void)0);
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((void)0)
         && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((void)0);
}

Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }

bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }

bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const {
  return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
}

bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }

const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

1419public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const Type *BaseType,
                    Qualifiers Quals) {
  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((void)0);
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
  Quals.Profile(ID);
}
1431};

1433/// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
1434/// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
1435/// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
1436enum RefQualifierKind {
/// No ref-qualifier was provided.
RQ_None = 0,

/// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
RQ_LValue,

/// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
RQ_RValue
1445};

1447/// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
1448enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
/// auto
Auto,

/// decltype(auto)
DecltypeAuto,

/// __auto_type (GNU extension)
GNUAutoType
1457};

1459/// The base class of the type hierarchy.
1460///
1461/// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical
1462/// type.  A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out
1463/// of it or the types it references.  For example, consider:
1464///
1465///  typedef int  foo;
1466///  typedef foo* bar;
1467///    'int *'    'foo *'    'bar'
1468///
1469/// There will be a Type object created for 'int'.  Since int is canonical, its
1470/// CanonicalType pointer points to itself.  There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
1471/// TypedefType).  Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type.  Next
1472/// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
1473/// canonical.  Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
1474/// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
1475/// is also 'int*'.
1476///
1477/// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
1478/// information about typedefs being used.  Canonical types are useful for type
1479/// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
1480/// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
1481/// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
1482///
1483/// Types, once created, are immutable.
1484///
1485class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
1486public:
enum TypeClass {
1488#define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
1489#define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class
1490#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1491#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
};

1494private:
/// Bitfields required by the Type class.
class TypeBitfields {
  friend class Type;
  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

  /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
  unsigned TC : 8;

  /// Store information on the type dependency.
  unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>;

  /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
  /// 'Cache') is valid.
  mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;

  /// Linkage of this type.
  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;

  /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
  mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;

  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
  mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;

  bool isCacheValid() const {
    return CacheValid;
  }

  Linkage getLinkage() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((void)0);
    return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
  }

  bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
    assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((void)0);
    return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
  }
};
enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 };

1535protected:
// These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
// into Type.

class ArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;

  /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like
  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
  /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
  unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
};

class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields {
  friend class ConstantArrayType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3;

  /// Whether we have a stored size expression.
  unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1;
};

class BuiltinTypeBitfields {
  friend class BuiltinType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
  unsigned Kind : 8;
};

/// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType.
/// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored
/// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType.
class FunctionTypeBitfields {
  friend class FunctionProtoType;
  friend class FunctionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
  /// regparm and the calling convention.
  unsigned ExtInfo : 13;

  /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
  ///
  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;

  /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
  /// other bitfields.
  /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
  ///
  /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
  /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
  unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth;
  /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers.
  unsigned HasExtQuals : 1;

  /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'.
  /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is
  /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to
  /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible.
  unsigned NumParams : 16;

  /// The type of exception specification this function has.
  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;

  /// Whether this function has extended parameter information.
  unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1;

  /// Whether the function is variadic.
  unsigned Variadic : 1;

  /// Whether this function has a trailing return type.
  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
};

class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields {
  friend class ObjCObjectType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7;

  /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type.
  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

  /// Whether this is a "kindof" type.
  unsigned IsKindOf : 1;
};

class ReferenceTypeBitfields {
  friend class ReferenceType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
  /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
  /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
  /// as follows:
  ///
  ///   typedef int &ref;    // lvalue, spelled lvalue
  ///   typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
  ///   ref &a;              // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   ref &&a;             // lvalue, inner ref
  ///   rvref &a;            // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
  ///   rvref &&a;           // rvalue, inner ref
  unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;

  /// True if the inner type is a reference type.  This only happens
  /// in non-canonical forms.
  unsigned InnerRef : 1;
};

class TypeWithKeywordBitfields {
  friend class TypeWithKeyword;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword.  8 bits for efficient access.
  unsigned Keyword : 8;
};

enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 };

class ElaboratedTypeBitfields {
  friend class ElaboratedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl.
  unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1;
};

class VectorTypeBitfields {
  friend class VectorType;
  friend class DependentVectorType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
  /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
  unsigned VecKind : 3;
  /// The number of elements in the vector.
  uint32_t NumElements;
};

class AttributedTypeBitfields {
  friend class AttributedType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// An AttributedType::Kind
  unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
};

class AutoTypeBitfields {
  friend class AutoType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)',
  /// or '__auto_type'?  AutoTypeKeyword value.
  unsigned Keyword : 2;

  /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields {
  friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is
  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class TemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias.
  unsigned TypeAlias : 1;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields {
  friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;

  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  unsigned NumArgs;
};

class PackExpansionTypeBitfields {
  friend class PackExpansionType;

  unsigned : NumTypeBits;

  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
  /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to
  /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit
  /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to
  /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a
  /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so
  /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
  ///
  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others
  /// have not.
  unsigned NumExpansions;
};

union {
  TypeBitfields TypeBits;
  ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits;
  ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits;
  AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits;
  AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits;
  BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits;
  FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits;
  ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits;
  ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits;
  TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits;
  ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits;
  VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits;
  SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits;
  TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields
    DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits;
  PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits;
};

1807private:
template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;

/// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
  TypeBits.FromAST = V;
}

1815protected:
friend class ASTContext;

Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence)
    : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
                             canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
  static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase),
                "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!");
  static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0,
                "Insufficient alignment!");
  TypeBits.TC = tc;
  TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence);
  TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
  TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
  TypeBits.FromAST = false;
}

// silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
Type *this_() { return this; }

void setDependence(TypeDependence D) {
  TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D);
}

void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); }

1842public:
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ASTWriter;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter;

Type(const Type &) = delete;
Type(Type &&) = delete;
Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete;
Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete;

TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }

/// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }

/// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
/// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
///
/// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
/// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
/// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
///
/// \code
/// template<typename ...T>
/// struct X {
///   typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
/// };
/// \endcode
///
/// Note that this routine does not specify which
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack;
}

/// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
/// qualification.
bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
  return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
}

/// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
/// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
/// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;

/// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless";
/// every type is one or the other.  Standard types are all sized;
/// sizeless types are purely an extension.
///
/// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment,
/// or layout.
bool isSizelessType() const;
bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const;

/// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the
/// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single
/// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t.
bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const;

/// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type.
/// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the
/// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType.
QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
/// object types, function types, and incomplete types.

/// Return true if this is an incomplete type.
/// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
/// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
/// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
///
/// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
/// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
/// class), will be set to the declaration.
bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;

/// Return true if this is an incomplete or object
/// type, in other words, not a function type.
bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const {
  return !isFunctionType();
}

/// Determine whether this type is an object type.
bool isObjectType() const {
  // C++ [basic.types]p8:
  //   An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
  //   function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
  return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
}

/// Return true if this is a literal type
/// (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7.
bool isStructuralType() const;

/// Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
/// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
bool isStandardLayoutType() const;

/// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
/// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.

/// Returns true if the type is a builtin type.
bool isBuiltinType() const;

/// Test for a particular builtin type.
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but
/// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within
/// Clang.  All such types are BuiltinTypes.
bool isPlaceholderType() const;
const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;

/// Test for a specific placeholder type.
bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;

/// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see
/// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;

/// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isIntegerType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
bool isEnumeralType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type.
bool isScopedEnumeralType() const;
bool isBooleanType() const;
bool isCharType() const;
bool isWideCharType() const;
bool isChar8Type() const;
bool isChar16Type() const;
bool isChar32Type() const;
bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type.
bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;
bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const;

/// Floating point categories.
bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
/// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
/// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
bool isComplexType() const;      // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
bool isAnyComplexType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
bool isFloatingType() const;     // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
bool isHalfType() const;         // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
bool isFloat16Type() const;      // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661
bool isBFloat16Type() const;
bool isFloat128Type() const;
bool isRealType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
bool isArithmeticType() const;   // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
bool isVoidType() const;         // C99 6.2.5p19
bool isScalarType() const;       // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
bool isAggregateType() const;
bool isFundamentalType() const;
bool isCompoundType() const;

// Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
// type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
bool isFunctionType() const;
bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
bool isPointerType() const;
bool isAnyPointerType() const;   // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
bool isBlockPointerType() const;
bool isVoidPointerType() const;
bool isReferenceType() const;
bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
bool isObjectPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isFunctionReferenceType() const;
bool isMemberPointerType() const;
bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
bool isArrayType() const;
bool isConstantArrayType() const;
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
bool isVariableArrayType() const;
bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
bool isRecordType() const;
bool isClassType() const;
bool isStructureType() const;
bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const;
bool isInterfaceType() const;
bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
bool isUnionType() const;
bool isComplexIntegerType() const;            // GCC _Complex integer type.
bool isVectorType() const;                    // GCC vector type.
bool isExtVectorType() const;                 // Extended vector type.
bool isMatrixType() const;                    // Matrix type.
bool isConstantMatrixType() const;            // Constant matrix type.
bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const;     // value-dependent address space qualifier
bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const;         // pointer to ObjC object
bool isObjCRetainableType() const;            // ObjC object or block pointer
bool isObjCLifetimeType() const;              // (array of)* retainable type
bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const;      // (pointer to)* lifetime type
bool isObjCNSObjectType() const;              // __attribute__((NSObject))
bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const;      // __attribute__((objc_independent_class))
// FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
// for the common case.
bool isObjCObjectType() const;                // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;    // NSString<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const;           // id<foo>
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const;        // Class<foo>
bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
bool isObjCIdType() const;                    // id
bool isDecltypeType() const;
/// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained
/// qualifier?
///
/// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this
/// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified
/// with __unsafe_unretained?
bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const {
  return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained);
}

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an
/// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id
/// <NSCopying>.
///
/// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types,
/// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or
/// null for 'id.
bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx,
                                const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const;

bool isObjCClassType() const;                 // Class

/// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an
/// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>.
///
/// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound
/// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class
/// object for a subclass of NSFoo".
bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const;

bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const;
bool isObjCSelType() const;                 // Class
bool isObjCBuiltinType() const;               // 'id' or 'Class'
bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const;          // C++ template type parameter
bool isNullPtrType() const;                   // C++11 std::nullptr_t
bool isNothrowT() const;                      // C++   std::nothrow_t
bool isAlignValT() const;                     // C++17 std::align_val_t
bool isStdByteType() const;                   // C++17 std::byte
bool isAtomicType() const;                    // C11 _Atomic()
bool isUndeducedAutoType() const;             // C++11 auto or
                                              // C++14 decltype(auto)
bool isTypedefNameType() const;               // typedef or alias template

2105#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2107#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

bool isImageType() const;                     // Any OpenCL image type

bool isSamplerT() const;                      // OpenCL sampler_t
bool isEventT() const;                        // OpenCL event_t
bool isClkEventT() const;                     // OpenCL clk_event_t
bool isQueueT() const;                        // OpenCL queue_t
bool isReserveIDT() const;                    // OpenCL reserve_id_t

2117#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
bool is##Id##Type() const;
2119#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
// Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension
bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const;
bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const;              // Any OpenCL extension type

bool isPipeType() const;                      // OpenCL pipe type
bool isExtIntType() const;                    // Extended Int Type
bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const;            // Any OpenCL specific type

/// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
/// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
/// than implicitly __strong.
bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;

/// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type.
bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const;
/// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type.
bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const;

/// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;

enum ScalarTypeKind {
  STK_CPointer,
  STK_BlockPointer,
  STK_ObjCObjectPointer,
  STK_MemberPointer,
  STK_Bool,
  STK_Integral,
  STK_Floating,
  STK_IntegralComplex,
  STK_FloatingComplex,
  STK_FixedPoint
};

/// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;

TypeDependence getDependence() const {
  return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence);
}

/// Whether this type is an error type.
bool containsErrors() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error;
}

/// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition
/// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
bool isDependentType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
/// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
/// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
/// template parameter).
bool isInstantiationDependentType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation;
}

/// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
/// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
/// deduced.
bool isUndeducedType() const;

/// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
bool isVariablyModifiedType() const {
  return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified;
}

/// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
/// with a definite size.
bool hasSizedVLAType() const;

/// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;

bool isOverloadableType() const;

/// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;

bool canDecayToPointerType() const;

/// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer.  This includes
/// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface,
/// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the
/// purpose of GC'ability
bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;

/// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
/// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;

// Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
// specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
// the best type we can.
const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
/// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const;

// The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
// for object declared using an interface.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;

/// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;

/// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
/// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
/// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;

/// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
/// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to.
///
/// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
/// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;

/// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const;

/// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
/// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
/// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const {
  return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType());
}

/// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto'
/// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested
/// function type within a pointer to function type or similar).
bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const;

/// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.  Look through sugar for
/// an instance of \<specific type>.   This scheme will eventually
/// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
///
/// There are some specializations of this member template listed
/// immediately following this class.
template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;

/// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds
/// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>.
/// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some
/// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type>
/// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>.
template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const;

/// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Member-template castAs<specific type>.  Look through sugar for
/// the underlying instance of \<specific type>.
///
/// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
/// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
/// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;

/// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
/// qualifiers from the outermost type.
const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;

/// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it
/// (looking through top-level type sugar).
bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const;

/// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type
/// qualifiers.  This should never be used when type qualifiers
/// are meaningful.
const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;

/// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array,
/// potentially with type qualifiers missing.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;

/// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
/// If this is an array type, return the array element type.
/// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const;

/// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
/// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
QualType getPointeeType() const;

/// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type,
/// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;

/// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
/// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
bool isSignedIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is an integer type that is
/// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
/// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
/// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
bool isFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type.
bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
/// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isSignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according
/// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const;

/// Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
/// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3.  It is not legal to call this on
/// incomplete types.
bool isConstantSizeType() const;

/// Returns true if this type can be represented by some
/// set of type specifiers.
bool isSpecifierType() const;

/// Determine the linkage of this type.
Linkage getLinkage() const;

/// Determine the visibility of this type.
Visibility getVisibility() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
}

/// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
  return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
}

/// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;

/// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
/// checking. Should always return true.
bool isLinkageValid() const;

/// Determine the nullability of the given type.
///
/// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type
/// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will
/// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring.
Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const;

/// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability
/// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type.
///
/// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether
///        this type can have nullability because it is dependent.
bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const;

/// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member
/// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context.
///
/// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the
/// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is
/// expected to be of some object or object pointer type.
///
/// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a
/// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension,
/// category, or method within.
///
/// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for
/// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described
/// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no
/// substitution is required.
Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>>
getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const;

/// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type
/// parameters.
bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const;

const char *getTypeClassName() const;

QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const {
  return CanonicalType;
}

CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
void dump() const;
void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const;
2458};

2460/// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
2461/// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
2462template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;

2464/// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
2465/// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
2466/// non-sugared type.
2467template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;

2469/// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
2470/// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
2471template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;

2473// We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
2474// worry about preserving child type decoration.
2475#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2476#define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
2477template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2479} \
2480template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2482}
2483#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"

2485/// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'.  Builtin
2486/// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
2487class BuiltinType : public Type {
2488public:
enum Kind {
2490// OpenCL image types
2491#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id,
2492#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2493// OpenCL extension types
2494#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id,
2495#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2496// SVE Types
2497#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id,
2498#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
2499// PPC MMA Types
2500#define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id,
2501#include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def"
2502// RVV Types
2503#define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id,
2504#include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def"
2505// All other builtin types
2506#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
2507#define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
2508#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
};

2511private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

BuiltinType(Kind K)
    : Type(Builtin, QualType(),
           K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation
                          : TypeDependence::None) {
  BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
}

2521public:
Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
  // The StringRef is null-terminated.
  StringRef str = getName(Policy);
  assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((void)0);
  return str.data();
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

bool isInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isSignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
}

bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
}

bool isFloatingPoint() const {
  return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128;
}

/// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
  return K >= Overload;
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
/// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
/// expression.
bool isPlaceholderType() const {
  return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
}

/// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
/// Overload.  Most placeholder types require only syntactic
/// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
/// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
/// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
/// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
/// from their context, like whether the context expects a
/// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
/// special treatment.
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
  return getKind() > Overload;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
2577};

2579/// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.  This supports the C99 complex
2580/// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
2581class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;

ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()),
      ElementType(Element) {}

2590public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
  ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
2605};

2607/// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
2608class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType Inner;

ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType)
    : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {}

2616public:
QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getInnerType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
  Inner.Profile(ID);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
2631};

2633/// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
2634class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2643public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
2658};

2660/// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic
2661/// engine for arbitrary reasons.  For example, array and function types can
2662/// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted.
2663class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType OriginalTy;
QualType AdjustedTy;

2667protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy,
             QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()),
      OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {}

2675public:
QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; }
QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) {
  ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed;
}
2694};

2696/// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
2697class DecayedType : public AdjustedType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

inline
DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical);

2703public:
QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); }

inline QualType getPointeeType() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; }
2709};

2711/// Pointer to a block type.
2712/// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
2713/// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2714class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

// Block is some kind of pointer type
QualType PointeeType;

BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls)
    : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

2724public:
// Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
    Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
    ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
}
2742};

2744/// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
2745class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
QualType PointeeType;

2748protected:
ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
              bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Referencee) {
  ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
  ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
}

2757public:
bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }

QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }

QualType getPointeeType() const {
  // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
  const ReferenceType *T = this;
  while (T->isInnerRef())
    T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
  return T->PointeeType;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Referencee,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue) {
  ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
         T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2786};

2788/// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2789class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
                    bool SpelledAsLValue)
    : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef,
                    SpelledAsLValue) {}

2797public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
}
2804};

2806/// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2807class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef)
     : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {}

2813public:
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
}
2820};

2822/// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
2823///
2824/// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions.
2825class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

/// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
/// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
const Type *Class;

MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr)
    : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
           (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) |
               Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {}

2840public:
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// function type rather than a data-member type.
bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const {
  return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

/// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
/// data type rather than a function type.
bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
  return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
}

const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
                    const Type *Class) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(Class);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
}
2874};

2876/// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
2877class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2878public:
/// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
/// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
/// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
/// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
enum ArraySizeModifier {
  Normal, Static, Star
};

2887private:
/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

2891protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm,
          unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr);

2897public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const {
  return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
}

Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
  return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}
2918};

2920/// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
2921/// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a
2922/// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404.
2923class ConstantArrayType final
  : public ArrayType,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.

ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
                  const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) {
  ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr;
  if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) {
    assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((void)0);
    *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz;
  }
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr;
}

2945public:
const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
const Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr
             ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>()
             : nullptr;
}
bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
// an array with the given element type and number of elements.
static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
                                     QualType ElementType,
                                     const llvm::APInt &NumElements);

/// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
/// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx,
                    QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize,
                    const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
}
2978};

2980/// Represents a C array with an unspecified size.  For example 'int A[]' has
2981/// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is
2982/// unspecified.
2983class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can,
                    ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
    : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {}

2990public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
          getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
                    ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
}
3011};

3013/// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an
3014/// integer-constant-expression.  For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
3015/// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
3016///
3017/// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
3018/// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
3019/// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
3020/// dynamically:
3021///
3022/// void foo(int x) {
3023///   int Y[x];
3024///   ++x;
3025///   int Z[x];
3026/// }
3027class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within
/// a function block.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e,
                  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                  SourceRange brackets)
    : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e),
      SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}

3043public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")__builtin_unreachable();
}
3066};

3068/// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
3069///
3070/// For example:
3071/// \code
3072/// template<typename T, int Size>
3073/// class array {
3074///   T data[Size];
3075/// };
3076/// \endcode
3077///
3078/// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
3079/// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
3080/// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
3081class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

const ASTContext &Context;

/// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
/// size of the array.
///
/// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
/// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
Stmt *SizeExpr;

/// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
SourceRange Brackets;

DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
                        Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
                        SourceRange brackets);

3100public:
friend class StmtIteratorBase;

Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
}

SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
          getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
                    unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
3128};

3130/// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space
3131/// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a
3132/// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType.
3133///
3134/// For example:
3135/// \code
3136/// template<typename T, int AddrSpace>
3137/// class AddressSpace {
3138///   typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type;
3139/// }
3140/// \endcode
3141class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *AddrSpaceExpr;
QualType PointeeType;
SourceLocation loc;

DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType,
                          QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
                          SourceLocation loc);

3153public:
Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; }
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr);
3171};

3173/// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is
3174/// dependent.
3175///
3176/// For example:
3177/// \code
3178/// template<typename T, int Size>
3179/// class vector {
3180///   typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
3181/// }
3182/// \endcode
3183class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *SizeExpr;

/// The element type of the array.
QualType ElementType;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                            QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3197public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
3215};


3218/// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
3219/// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
3220/// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
3221/// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
3222/// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
3223class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3224public:
enum VectorKind {
  /// not a target-specific vector type
  GenericVector,

  /// is AltiVec vector
  AltiVecVector,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
  AltiVecPixel,

  /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
  AltiVecBool,

  /// is ARM Neon vector
  NeonVector,

  /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector
  NeonPolyVector,

  /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector
  SveFixedLengthDataVector,

  /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector
  SveFixedLengthPredicateVector
};

3251protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

/// The element type of the vector.
QualType ElementType;

VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
           VectorKind vecKind);

VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
           QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);

3263public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
          getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
                    VectorKind VecKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
  ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3291};

3293/// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
3294////
3295/// For example:
3296/// \code
3297/// template<typename T, int Size>
3298/// class vector {
3299///   typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type;
3300/// }
3301/// \endcode
3302class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
QualType ElementType;
Expr *SizeExpr;
SourceLocation Loc;

DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr,
                         SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind);

3314public:
Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; }
VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const {
  return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr,
                    VectorType::VectorKind VecKind);
3336};

3338/// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
3339/// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
3340/// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
3341/// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
3342/// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL
3343/// Shading Language).
3344class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType)
    : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}

3350public:
static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
  default: return -1;
  case 'x': case 'r': return 0;
  case 'y': case 'g': return 1;
  case 'z': case 'b': return 2;
  case 'w': case 'a': return 3;
  }
}

static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
  switch (c) {
    default: return -1;
    case '0': return 0;
    case '1': return 1;
    case '2': return 2;
    case '3': return 3;
    case '4': return 4;
    case '5': return 5;
    case '6': return 6;
    case '7': return 7;
    case '8': return 8;
    case '9': return 9;
    case 'A':
    case 'a': return 10;
    case 'B':
    case 'b': return 11;
    case 'C':
    case 'c': return 12;
    case 'D':
    case 'd': return 13;
    case 'E':
    case 'e': return 14;
    case 'F':
    case 'f': return 15;
  }
}

static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) {
  if (isNumericAccessor)
    return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
  else
    return getPointAccessorIdx(c);
}

bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const {
  if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1)
    return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
}
3408};

3410/// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions.
3411/// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies
3412/// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns.
3413class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3414protected:
friend class ASTContext;

/// The element type of the matrix.
QualType ElementType;

MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy);

MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy,
           const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr);

3425public:
/// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

/// Valid elements types are the following:
/// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types
///   and _Bool
/// * the standard floating types float or double
/// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target
static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) {
  return T->isDependentType() ||
         (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix;
}
3446};

3448/// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns
3449class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType {
3450protected:
friend class ASTContext;

/// The element type of the matrix.
// FIXME: Appears to be unused? There is also MatrixType::ElementType...
QualType ElementType;

/// Number of rows and columns.
unsigned NumRows;
unsigned NumColumns;

static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1;

ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows,
                   unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType);

ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows,
                   unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType);

3469public:
/// Returns the number of rows in the matrix.
unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; }

/// Returns the number of columns in the matrix.
unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; }

/// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector.
unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const {
  return getNumRows() * getNumColumns();
}

/// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension.
static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) {
  return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension;
}

/// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension.
static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() {
  return MaxElementsPerDimension;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(),
          getTypeClass());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
                    unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns,
                    TypeClass TypeClass) {
  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger(NumRows);
  ID.AddInteger(NumColumns);
  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix;
}
3508};

3510/// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns
3511/// is dependent on a template.
3512class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType {
friend class ASTContext;

const ASTContext &Context;
Expr *RowExpr;
Expr *ColumnExpr;

SourceLocation loc;

DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
                         QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr,
                         Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc);

3525public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; }
Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; }
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr);
3544};

3546/// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.  This is the common base
3547/// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
3548class FunctionType : public Type {
// The type returned by the function.
QualType ResultType;

3552public:
/// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply
/// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType
/// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the
/// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType.
///
/// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some
/// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that
/// affects how the function is called.  For example, the ARC ns_consumed
/// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default)
/// or +1 (ns_consumed).  This must be reflected in the function type,
/// but isn't really a change to the parameter type.
///
/// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is
/// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt
/// to destructure types.  For example, template argument deduction will
/// not be able to match a parameter declared as
///   T (*)(U)
/// against an argument of type
///   void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id)
/// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will
/// not produce the latter.
class ExtParameterInfo {
  enum {
    ABIMask = 0x0F,
    IsConsumed = 0x10,
    HasPassObjSize = 0x20,
    IsNoEscape = 0x40,
  };
  unsigned char Data = 0;

public:
  ExtParameterInfo() = default;

  /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
  ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); }
  ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind);
    return copy;
  }

  /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC?
  /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type.
  bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const {
    ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
    if (consumed)
      copy.Data |= IsConsumed;
    else
      copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed;
    return copy;
  }

  bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; }
  ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize;
    return Copy;
  }

  bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; }
  ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const {
    ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
    if (NoEscape)
      Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape;
    else
      Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape;
    return Copy;
  }

  unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; }
  static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) {
    ExtParameterInfo result;
    result.Data = data;
    return result;
  }

  friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data == rhs.Data;
  }

  friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) {
    return lhs.Data != rhs.Data;
  }
};

/// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
/// making a call.
///
/// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
/// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
/// same bit-pattern.
///
// If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
// constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
// * Operator==
// * getFoo
// * withFoo
// * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
// * ASTContext::getFooType
// * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
// * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
// * FunctionProtoType::Profile
// * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
// * AST read and write
// * Codegen
class ExtInfo {
  friend class FunctionType;

  // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to
  // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust
  // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well.

  // |  CC  |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall|
  // |0 .. 4|   5    |    6   |       7         |8 .. 10|    11   |    12    |
  //
  // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
  enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F };
  enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 };
  enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 };
  enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 };
  enum {
    RegParmMask =  0x700,
    RegParmOffset = 8
  };
  enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 };
  enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 };
  uint16_t Bits = CC_C;

  ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}

public:
  // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
  // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
  ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
          bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck,
          bool cmseNSCall) {
    assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")((void)0);
    Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
           (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
           (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) |
           (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) |
           (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) |
           (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0);
  }

  // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
  // function known to use defaults.
  ExtInfo() = default;

  // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part
  // of the canonical type.
  ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {}

  bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
  bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
  bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; }
  bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; }
  bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; }
  bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }

  unsigned getRegParm() const {
    unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset;
    if (RegParm > 0)
      --RegParm;
    return RegParm;
  }

  CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }

  bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits == Other.Bits;
  }
  bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
    return Bits != Other.Bits;
  }

  // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
  // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.

  ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
    if (noReturn)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
    if (producesResult)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const {
    if (cmseNSCall)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const {
    if (noCallerSavedRegs)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const {
    if (noCfCheck)
      return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask);
    else
      return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask);
  }

  ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
    assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((void)0);
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
                   ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
  }

  ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const {
    return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
  }

  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
    ID.AddInteger(Bits);
  }
};

/// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an
/// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType
/// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types.
struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; };

/// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in
/// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the
/// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update
/// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here.
struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields {
  /// The number of types in the exception specification.
  /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to
  /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here.
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
};

3799protected:
FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical,
             TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) {
  FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
}

Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const {
  return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals);
}

3810public:
QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; }

bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }

/// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
/// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
/// type.
bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }

bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); }
CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }

static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0,
              "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of "
              "the fast qualifiers.");

bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); }
bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); }
bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); }

/// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
/// this type.
QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
  return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
}

static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}
3845};

3847/// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
3848/// no information available about its arguments.
3849class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info)
    : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical,
                   Result->getDependence() &
                       ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
                         TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack),
                   Info) {}

3859public:
// No additional state past what FunctionType provides.

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
                    ExtInfo Info) {
  Info.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
}
3878};

3880/// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
3881/// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'.  'void' is represented as having no
3882/// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have
3883/// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the
3884/// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of
3885/// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see
3886/// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType.
3887class FunctionProtoType final
  : public FunctionType,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<
        FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation,
        FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType,
        Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend TrailingObjects;

// FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of
// which optional. They are in order:
//
// * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types.
//   Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType,
//   these will be the only trailing objects.
//
// * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the
//   ellipsis.
//
// * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields
//   (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields):
//   a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if
//   hasExtraBitfields() is true.
//
// * Optionally exactly one of:
//   * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType,
//   * a single Expr *,
//   * a pair of FunctionDecl *,
//   * a single FunctionDecl *
//   used to store information about the various types of exception
//   specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details.
//
// * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding
//   an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and
//   only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true.
//
// * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't
//   be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only
//   if hasExtQualifiers() is true.
//
// The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data
// related to the exception specification since it contains the number
// of exception types.
//
// We put the ExtParameterInfos last.  If all were equal, it would make
// more sense to put these before the exception specification, because
// it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch
// required to skip the exception specification.  However, all is not
// equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features,
// and it's better not to burden the more common paths.

3939public:
/// Holds information about the various types of exception specification.
/// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is
/// used to group together the various bits of information about the
/// exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecInfo {
  /// The kind of exception specification this is.
  ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None;

  /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
  ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions;

  /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
  Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;

  /// The function whose exception specification this is, for
  /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr;

  /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated
  /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated.
  FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr;

  ExceptionSpecInfo() = default;

  ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {}
};

/// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not
/// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together
/// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype.
struct ExtProtoInfo {
  FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo;
  bool Variadic : 1;
  bool HasTrailingReturn : 1;
  Qualifiers TypeQuals;
  RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None;
  ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec;
  const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr;
  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;

  ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC)
      : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}

  ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
    ExtProtoInfo Result(*this);
    Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI;
    return Result;
  }
};

3992private:
unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const {
  return getNumParams();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const {
  return isVariadic();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const {
  return hasExtraBitfields();
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr;
}

unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const {
  return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0;
}

/// Determine whether there are any argument types that
/// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
                                               unsigned numArgs) {
  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
    if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      return true;

  return false;
}

FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params,
                  QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);

/// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to
/// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind
/// of trailing objects related to the exception specification.
struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder {
  unsigned NumExceptionType;
  unsigned NumExprPtr;
  unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr;
};

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder
getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) {
  switch (EST) {
  case EST_None:
  case EST_DynamicNone:
  case EST_MSAny:
  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
  case EST_Unparsed:
  case EST_NoThrow:
    return {0, 0, 0};

  case EST_Dynamic:
    return {NumExceptions, 0, 0};

  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
    return {0, 1, 0};

  case EST_Uninstantiated:
    return {0, 0, 2};

  case EST_Unevaluated:
    return {0, 0, 1};
  }
  llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")__builtin_unreachable();
}

/// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
/// related to the exception specification.
ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const {
  return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions());
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) {
  // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception
  // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields.
  return EST == EST_Dynamic;
}

/// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
bool hasExtraBitfields() const {
  return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType());
}

bool hasExtQualifiers() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals;
}

4096public:
unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; }

QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((void)0);
  return param_type_begin()[i];
}

ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const {
  ExtProtoInfo EPI;
  EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
  EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
  EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc();
  EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
  EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo();
  EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals();
  EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
  EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull();
  return EPI;
}

/// Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
  return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(
      FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType);
}

/// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; }

/// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const {
  return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const {
  return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
}

/// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec.
bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception
/// spec.
bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const;

/// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec.
ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const {
  ExceptionSpecInfo Result;
  Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
  if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
    Result.Exceptions = exceptions();
  } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) {
    Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
    Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
  } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
    Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
  }
  return Result;
}

/// Return the number of types in the exception specification.
unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
  return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic
             ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>()
                   ->NumExceptionType
             : 0;
}

/// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions().
QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
  assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((void)0);
  return exception_begin()[i];
}

/// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer
/// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form).
Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const {
  if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType()))
    return nullptr;
  return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
}

/// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
/// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
/// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
/// specification is represented by this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
      getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0];
}

/// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
/// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
/// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
/// this type.
FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const {
  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1];
}

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification.
CanThrowResult canThrow() const;

/// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
/// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns
/// \c ResultIfDependent.
bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const {
  return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot;
}

/// Whether this function prototype is variadic.
bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; }

SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
  return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>()
                      : SourceLocation();
}

/// Determines whether this function prototype contains a
/// parameter pack at the end.
///
/// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
/// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
/// function.
bool isTemplateVariadic() const;

/// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type.
bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; }

Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const {
  if (hasExtQualifiers())
    return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>();
  else
    return getFastTypeQuals();
}

/// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
  return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier);
}

using param_type_iterator = const QualType *;
using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>;

param_type_range param_types() const {
  return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
}

param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const {
  return getTrailingObjects<QualType>();
}

param_type_iterator param_type_end() const {
  return param_type_begin() + getNumParams();
}

using exception_iterator = const QualType *;

ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end());
}

exception_iterator exception_begin() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>(
      getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>());
}

exception_iterator exception_end() const {
  return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions();
}

/// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters
/// of this function type?
bool hasExtParameterInfos() const {
  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos;
}

ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const {
  assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((void)0);
  return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(),
                                    getNumParams());
}

/// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter
/// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters
/// carry it.  This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos.
const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const {
  if (!hasExtParameterInfos())
    return nullptr;
  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>();
}

ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0);
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I];
  return ExtParameterInfo();
}

ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0);
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI();
  return ParameterABI::Ordinary;
}

bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0);
  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
    return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed();
  return false;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS,
                                 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
                    param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
                    const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool Canonical);
4336};

4338/// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
4339/// typename using declaration, e.g.
4340///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
4341///
4342/// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
4343class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl;

UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
    : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation),
      Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {}

4353public:
UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  return Profile(ID, Decl);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
  ID.AddPointer(D);
}
4371};

4373class TypedefType : public Type {
TypedefNameDecl *Decl;

4376private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying,
            QualType can);

4382public:
TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
4389};

4391/// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written
4392/// as a macro invocation.
4393class MacroQualifiedType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType UnderlyingTy;
const IdentifierInfo *MacroII;

MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy,
                   const IdentifierInfo *MacroII)
    : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()),
      UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) {
  assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((void)0)
         "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((void)0);
}

4407public:
const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; }

/// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to
/// it.
QualType getModifiedType() const;

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified;
}
4421};

4423/// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension).
4424class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
Expr *TOExpr;

4427protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());

4432public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
4442};

4444/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4445/// `typeof(expr)` types.
4446///
4447/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4448/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4449/// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
4450class DependentTypeOfExprType
: public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4454public:
DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
    : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4464};

4466/// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension.
4467class TypeOfType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType TOType;

TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
    : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) {
  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((void)0);
}

4477public:
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
4487};

4489/// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11).
4490class DecltypeType : public Type {
Expr *E;
QualType UnderlyingType;

4494protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());

4499public:
Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const;

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
4510};

4512/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4513/// decltype(expr) types.
4514///
4515/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4516/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4517/// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
4518class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
const ASTContext &Context;

4521public:
DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    Expr *E);
4530};

4532/// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
4533class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
4534public:
enum UTTKind {
  EnumUnderlyingType
};

4539private:
/// The untransformed type.
QualType BaseType;

/// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
QualType UnderlyingType;

UTTKind UKind;

4548protected:
friend class ASTContext;

UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
                   QualType CanonicalTy);

4554public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }

QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
}
4566};

4568/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4569/// __underlying_type(type) types.
4570///
4571/// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4572/// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4573/// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes.
4574class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType,
                                  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4576public:
DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType,
                            UTTKind UKind);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType,
                    UTTKind UKind) {
  ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind);
}
4589};

4591class TagType : public Type {
friend class ASTReader;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

/// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
/// TagDecl that declares the entity.
TagDecl *decl;

4599protected:
TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);

4602public:
TagDecl *getDecl() const;

/// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined.
bool isBeingDefined() const;

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record;
}
4611};

4613/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4614/// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
4615class RecordType : public TagType {
4616protected:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
    : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4624public:
RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

/// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field
/// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false.
bool hasConstFields() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
4637};

4639/// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4640/// to detect TagType objects of enums.
4641class EnumType : public TagType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
    : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}

4647public:
EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
4656};

4658/// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
4659///
4660/// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed
4661/// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the
4662/// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type
4663/// which the type is canonically equivalent to.
4664///
4665/// For example, in the following attributed type:
4666///     int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
4667///   - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
4668///   - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
4669///   - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
4670class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4671public:
using Kind = attr::Kind;

4674private:
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

QualType ModifiedType;
QualType EquivalentType;

AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified,
               QualType equivalent)
    : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()),
      ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
  AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
}

4687public:
Kind getAttrKind() const {
  return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
}

QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }

/// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier?
///
/// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for
/// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers.
/// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability,
/// address spaces, and ARC ownership.  The value of the object is still
/// largely described by the modified type.
///
/// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to
/// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any
/// formalizable way to the original type.  For example, calling convention
/// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers.
///
/// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical
/// type.
bool isQualifier() const;

bool isMSTypeSpec() const;

bool isCallingConv() const;

llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const;

/// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given
/// nullability kind.
static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) {
  switch (kind) {
  case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
    return attr::TypeNonNull;

  case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
    return attr::TypeNullable;

  case NullabilityKind::NullableResult:
    return attr::TypeNullableResult;

  case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
    return attr::TypeNullUnspecified;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")__builtin_unreachable();
}

/// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given
/// type, if it's there.
///
/// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an
/// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through
/// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed
/// to the underlying modified type.
///
/// \returns the top-level nullability, if present.
static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T);

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
                    QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
  ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
  ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
}
4765};

4767class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

// Helper data collector for canonical types.
struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
  unsigned Depth : 15;
  unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
  unsigned Index : 16;
};

union {
  // Info for the canonical type.
  CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;

  // Info for the non-canonical type.
  TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl;
};

/// Build a non-canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon,
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
               (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)),
      TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {}

/// Build the canonical type.
TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
    : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
               (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) {
  CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
  CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
  CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
}

const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
  QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
  return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
}

4807public:
unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }

TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const {
  return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl;
}

IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
                    unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
                    TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Depth);
  ID.AddInteger(Index);
  ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
  ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
}
4837};

4839/// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
4840/// type parameter.
4841///
4842/// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
4843/// been replaced with these.  They are used solely to record that a
4844/// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
4845/// therefore they are never canonical.
4846class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon)
    : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()),
      Replaced(Param) {}

4856public:
/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

/// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
/// parameter.
QualType getReplacementType() const {
  return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    QualType Replacement) {
  ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
  ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
}
4885};

4887/// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
4888/// type parameter pack.
4889///
4890/// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
4891/// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
4892/// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
4893/// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
4894/// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
4895/// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
4896/// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
4897/// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
4898/// at the current pack substitution index.
4899class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

/// The original type parameter.
const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;

/// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
/// parameter pack is instantiated with.
const TemplateArgument *Arguments;

SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param,
                              QualType Canon,
                              const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

4913public:
IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }

/// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const {
  return Replaced;
}

unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
                    const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
}
4938};

4940/// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
4941/// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
4942/// class template types, and constrained type names.
4943///
4944/// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before
4945/// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is
4946/// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In
4947/// the latter case, it is also a dependent type.
4948class DeducedType : public Type {
4949protected:
DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType,
            TypeDependence ExtraDependence)
    : Type(TC,
           // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type?
           DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0)
                                  : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(),
           ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull()
                                  ? TypeDependence::None
                                  : DeducedAsType->getDependence() &
                                        ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {}

4961public:
bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

/// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
/// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
QualType getDeducedType() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
}
bool isDeduced() const {
  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType();
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto ||
         T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
4978};

4980/// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained
4981/// by a type-constraint.
4982class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept;

AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
         TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD,
         ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

4999public:
/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const {
  return TypeConstraintConcept;
}

bool isConstrained() const {
  return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr;
}

bool isDecltypeAuto() const {
  return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto;
}

AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(),
          getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
}
5045};

5047/// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
5048class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType,
                                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced.
TemplateName Template;

DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                  QualType DeducedAsType,
                                  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
    : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType,
                  toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) |
                      (IsDeducedAsDependent
                           ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation
                           : TypeDependence::None)),
      Template(Template) {}

5065public:
/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template,
                    QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) {
  Template.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
}
5083};

5085/// Represents a type template specialization; the template
5086/// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
5087/// template parameter.  A template which cannot be resolved to one of
5088/// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
5089/// specifier, is instead represented as a
5090/// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
5091///
5092/// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
5093/// typically for a \c RecordType.  For example, a class template
5094/// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
5095/// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
5096///
5097/// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
5098/// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
5099/// type may also be canonical.
5100///
5101/// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
5102/// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
5103/// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
5104/// template.
5105class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType
  : public Type,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The name of the template being specialized.  This is
/// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
/// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
/// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
/// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
/// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
TemplateName Template;

TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                           QualType Canon,
                           QualType Aliased);

5124public:
/// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent.
///
/// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an
/// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it
/// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be
/// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the
/// parameter is an int).
///
/// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind
/// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the
/// specified arguments.
static bool
anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                              ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted);
static bool
anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
                              ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted);
static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments(
    ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args);

/// True if this template specialization type matches a current
/// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
  return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
}

/// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
/// template that has been substituted.
///
/// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
/// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
/// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
/// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
///
/// \code
/// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
/// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
/// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
///   typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
/// };
/// \endcode
bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; }

/// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
/// template.
QualType getAliasedType() const {
  assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((void)0);
  return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h

/// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

/// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
/// \pre \c isArgType(Arg)
const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

bool isSugared() const {
  return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
}

QualType desugar() const {
  return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal();
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
  Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx);
  if (isTypeAlias())
    getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                    const ASTContext &Context);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
}
5222};

5224/// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
5225/// enclosing the template arguments.
5226void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5231void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5236void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                             const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
                             const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                             const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr);

5241/// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
5242/// template partial specialization.  Used to record that a type was
5243/// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
5244/// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
5245///
5246/// Injected class name types are always dependent.  Template
5247/// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
5248///
5249/// Injected class name types are always canonical.  This works
5250/// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
5251/// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
5252/// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
5253/// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
5254/// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
5255/// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
5256/// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
5257/// according to the rules of the language).
5258class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTNodeImporter;
friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
                        // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
                        // interdependencies.
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

CXXRecordDecl *Decl;

/// The template specialization which this type represents.
/// For example, in
///   template <class T> class A { ... };
/// this is A<T>, whereas in
///   template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
/// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
///
/// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
/// and always dependent.
QualType InjectedType;

InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST)
    : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(),
           TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation),
      Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
  assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((void)0);
  assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((void)0);
  assert(TST->isDependentType())((void)0);
}

5288public:
QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }

const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const {
  return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
}

TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
  return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName();
}

CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
}
5307};

5309/// The kind of a tag type.
5310enum TagTypeKind {
/// The "struct" keyword.
TTK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword.
TTK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword.
TTK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword.
TTK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword.
TTK_Enum
5325};

5327/// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
5328/// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
5329enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword {
/// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Struct,

/// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Interface,

/// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Union,

/// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Class,

/// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
ETK_Enum,

/// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
/// \c typename T::type.
ETK_Typename,

/// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
ETK_None
5351};

5353/// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
5354/// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
5355/// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
5356/// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
5357class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
5358protected:
TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc,
                QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence)
    : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) {
  TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
}

5365public:
ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const {
  return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
}

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind.
/// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);

/// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword.
static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);

/// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind.
/// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
/// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);

static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) {
  return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
}

class CannotCastToThisType {};
static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
5395};

5397/// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
5398/// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
5399/// or both.
5400///
5401/// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
5402/// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
5403/// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
5404/// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
5405class ElaboratedType final
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
    private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
friend TrailingObjects;

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this qualified name refers to.
QualType NamedType;

/// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored
/// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain
/// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none.

ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
               QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
                      // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have
                      // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to
                      // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack)
                      // dependence on the qualifier.
                      NamedType->getDependence() |
                          (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence(
                                     toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence()))
                               : TypeDependence::None)),
      NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) {
  ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false;
  if (OwnedTagDecl) {
    ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true;
    *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl;
  }
  assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((void)0)
         "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((void)0)
         "and name qualifier both null.")((void)0);
}

5444public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }

/// Remove a single level of sugar.
QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }

/// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
bool isSugared() const { return true; }

/// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this
/// type, or nullptr if there is none.
TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const {
  return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>()
                                            : nullptr;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType,
                    TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  NamedType.Profile(ID);
  ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; }
5478};

5480/// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
5481/// dependent.
5482///
5483/// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
5484/// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a
5485/// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
5486/// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
5487/// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
5488/// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
5489/// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility
5490/// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until
5491/// instantiation.
5492class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                  const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
    : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType,
                      TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
                          toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())),
      NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {}

5508public:
/// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }

/// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
///
/// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
/// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
/// e.g., "typename T::type".
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const {
  return Name;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
  ID.AddPointer(Name);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
}
5538};

5540/// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be
5541/// resolved, e.g.
5542///   A<T>::template B<T>
5543class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType
  : public TypeWithKeyword,
    public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;

/// The identifier of the template.
const IdentifierInfo *Name;

DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                                    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
                                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
                                    QualType Canon);

const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
}

5568public:
NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }

/// Retrieve the template arguments.
const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
  return getArgBuffer();
}

/// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
unsigned getNumArgs() const {
  return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
}

const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h

ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
}

using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;

iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
  Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()});
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ASTContext &Context,
                    ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
                    NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                    const IdentifierInfo *Name,
                    ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
}
5610};

5612/// Represents a pack expansion of types.
5613///
5614/// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
5615/// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
5616/// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
5617/// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
5618/// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
5619/// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
5620/// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
5621/// parameter packs.
5622///
5623/// \code
5624/// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
5625///
5626/// template<typename ...Types>
5627/// struct tuple_of_references {
5628///   typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
5629/// };
5630/// \endcode
5631///
5632/// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
5633/// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
5634class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these

/// The pattern of the pack expansion.
QualType Pattern;

PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
                  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
    : Type(PackExpansion, Canon,
           (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent |
            TypeDependence::Instantiation) &
               ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack),
      Pattern(Pattern) {
  PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions =
      NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0;
}

5651public:
/// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
/// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
/// pack expansion itself.
QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }

/// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
/// generate, if known.
Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
  if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions)
    return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1;
  return None;
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
                    Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
  ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
  if (NumExpansions)
    ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
}
5683};

5685/// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can
5686/// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class.
5687template <class T>
5688class ObjCProtocolQualifiers {
5689protected:
ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default;

ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() {
  return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl();
}

void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) {
  static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N);
}

void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) {
  setNumProtocols(protocols.size());
  assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((void)0)
         "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((void)0);
  if (!protocols.empty())
    memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(),
           protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*));
}

5713public:
using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }

bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if
/// there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl();
}

/// Fetch a protocol by index.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((void)0);
  return qual_begin()[I];
}

/// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const {
  return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols());
}
5739};

5741/// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take
5742/// a list of protocols.
5743class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type,
                        public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>,
                        public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>;

/// The number of protocols stored on this type.
unsigned NumProtocols : 6;

ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl;

/// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the
/// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically
/// and uniqued.
ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return NumProtocols;
}

void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  NumProtocols = N;
}

ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D,
                  QualType can,
                  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

5773public:
bool isSugared() const { return true; }
QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam;
}

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl,
                    QualType CanonicalType,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);

ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; }
5788};

5790/// Represents a class type in Objective C.
5791///
5792/// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of
5793/// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of
5794/// protocols.
5795///
5796/// Given the following declarations:
5797/// \code
5798///   \@class C<T>;
5799///   \@protocol P;
5800/// \endcode
5801///
5802/// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C.  It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
5803/// with base C and no protocols.
5804///
5805/// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
5806/// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no
5807/// protocol list.
5808/// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*',
5809/// and protocol list [P].
5810///
5811/// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose
5812/// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
5813/// and no protocols.
5814///
5815/// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType
5816/// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P].  Eventually
5817/// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
5818class ObjCObjectType : public Type,
                     public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> {
friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>;

// ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored
// after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
// ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
// after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node.
//
// These protocols are those written directly on the type.  If
// protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
// to get kindof complicated.
//
// In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
// and uniqued.

/// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
QualType BaseType;

/// Cached superclass type.
mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool>
  CachedSuperClassType;

QualType *getTypeArgStorage();
const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const {
  return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage();
}

ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
/// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
/// or 0 if there are none.
unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols;
}
void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N;
}

5856protected:
enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface };

ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
               ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
               ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
               bool isKindOf);

ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
    : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None),
      BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0;
  ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0;
}

void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const;

5874public:
/// Gets the base type of this object type.  This is always (possibly
/// sugar for) one of:
///  - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
///    user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType)
///  - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
///  - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }

bool isObjCId() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
}

bool isObjCClass() const {
  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
}

bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const {
  if (!qual_empty()) return false;
  if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
    return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
           T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
  return false;
}
bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }

/// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
/// really is an interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;

/// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning
/// that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const;

/// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0;
}

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning
/// that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically).
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const;

/// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were
/// written.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(),
                            ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; }

/// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically).
bool isKindOfType() const;

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if
/// there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const {
  if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt())
    computeSuperClassTypeSlow();

  assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((void)0);
  return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0);
}

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
         T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}
5965};

5967/// A class providing a concrete implementation
5968/// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
5969/// ObjCInterfaceType.  Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
5970/// system should not reference this type.
5971class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;

// If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
// will need to be modified.

ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
                   ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                   ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                   bool isKindOf)
    : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {}

5983public:
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
                    QualType Base,
                    ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
                    ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
                    bool isKindOf);
5990};

5992inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() {
return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1);
5994}

5996inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5999}

6001inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
           static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1);
6004}

6006/// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
6007/// They basically correspond to C++ classes.  There are two kinds of interface
6008/// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which
6009/// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`.
6010///
6011/// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
6012/// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
6013///   - There are no protocol qualifiers.  To reinforce this, code which
6014///     tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
6015///     fail to compile.
6016///   - It is its own base type.  That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
6017///     T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
6018class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
friend class ASTReader;
friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader;

mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;

ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D)
    : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface),
      Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}

6030public:
/// Get the declaration of this interface.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
}

// Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
// class.  People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
// not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
// guaranteed to have no protocols.
enum {
  qual_iterator,
  qual_begin,
  qual_end,
  getNumProtocols,
  getProtocol
};
6052};

6054inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const {
QualType baseType = getBaseType();
while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
  if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT))
    return T->getDecl();

  baseType = ObjT->getBaseType();
}

return nullptr;
6064}

6066/// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
6067///
6068/// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is
6069/// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one).  In addition, the 'id' and 'Class'
6070/// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>'
6071/// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these.
6072///
6073/// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
6074/// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
6075class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType PointeeType;

ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
    : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()),
      PointeeType(Pointee) {}

6084public:
/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
/// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }

/// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.  Always returns non-null.
///
/// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
/// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
/// type and the "outermost" object type.  So for:
/// \code
///   \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
///   typedef A<P> AP;
///   typedef A A1;
///   typedef A1<P> A1P;
///   typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
/// \endcode
/// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
/// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
/// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
/// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
///   adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
///   old qualifiers (for now).  But if it didn't, getObjectType()
///   would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
///   qualifiers more complicated).
const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const {
  return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
}

/// If this pointer points to an Objective C
/// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface.  Any protocol
/// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const;

/// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
/// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
///
/// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const {
  return getObjectType()->getInterface();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
/// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
/// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
bool isObjCClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type,
bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
}

/// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of
/// protocols.
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
}

/// Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); }

/// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten();
}

/// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); }

/// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
/// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs();
}

/// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const {
  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
}

/// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.  Provided
/// for convenience.  This will always iterate over the full set of
/// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator;
using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;

qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }

qual_iterator qual_begin() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
}

qual_iterator qual_end() const {
  return getObjectType()->qual_end();
}

bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }

/// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
  return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
}

/// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
  return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
}

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

/// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type.
///
/// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
/// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
/// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a
/// null type if there is no superclass.
QualType getSuperClassType() const;

/// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
/// protocol qualifiers.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(
                               const ASTContext &ctx) const;

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
}
6243};

6245class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ValueType;

AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
    : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {}

6253public:
/// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
/// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getValueType());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
}
6272};

6274/// PipeType - OpenCL20.
6275class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.

QualType ElementType;
bool isRead;

PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead)
    : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()),
      ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {}

6285public:
QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }

QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) {
  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
  ID.AddBoolean(isRead);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe;
}

bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; }
6306};

6308/// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth.
6309class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
unsigned IsUnsigned : 1;
unsigned NumBits : 24;

6314protected:
ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits);

6317public:
bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; }
bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; }
unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; }

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits());
}

static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned,
                    unsigned NumBits) {
  ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned);
  ID.AddInteger(NumBits);
}

static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; }
6336};

6338class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
friend class ASTContext;
const ASTContext &Context;
llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned;

6343protected:
DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned,
                    Expr *NumBits);

6347public:
bool isUnsigned() const;
bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); }
Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const;

bool isSugared() const { return false; }
QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }

void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
  Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr());
}
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                    bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr);

static bool classof(const Type *T) {
  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt;
}
6364};

6366/// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
6367class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers {
6368public:
QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {}

/// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
/// unqualified type.  The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
/// with those already in the type.
const Type *strip(QualType type) {
  addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
  if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
    return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();

  const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
  addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
  return extQuals->getBaseType();
}

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;

/// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
6389};

6391/// A container of type source information.
6392///
6393/// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g:
6394/// @code
6395/// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc();
6396/// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr);
6397/// @endcode
6398class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo {
// Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information,
// allocated by ASTContext.
friend class ASTContext;

QualType Ty;

TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {}

6407public:
/// Return the type wrapped by this type source info.
QualType getType() const { return Ty; }

/// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info.
TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h

/// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution!
void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; }
6416};

6418// Inline function definitions.

6420inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const {
SplitQualType desugar =
  Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
return desugar;
6425}

6427inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
6429}

6431inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
6433}

6435inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const {
if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
                       Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));

const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
6444}

6446inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers Quals;
if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
  Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return Quals;
6452}

6454inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const {
Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
return quals;
6458}

6460inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
return cvr;
6464}

6466inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const {
QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6469}

6471inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
6473}

6475inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
if (!isCanonical()) return false;
if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;

const Type *T = getTypePtr();
if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
  return false;

return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
6484}

6486inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
return isLocalConstQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
6489}

6491inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
6494}


6497inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
6500}

6502inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
       getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
6505}

6507inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);

return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
6512}

6514inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const {
if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
  return split();

return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
6519}

6521inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
6523}

6525inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
6527}

6529inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() {
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
6531}

6533inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((void)0);
static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask,
              "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!");

// Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
6540}

6542/// Check if this type has any address space qualifier.
6543inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace();
6545}

6547/// Return the address space of this type.
6548inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const {
return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6550}

6552/// Return the gc attribute of this type.
6553inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const {
return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
6555}

6557inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD);
return false;
6561}

6563inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD);
return false;
6567}

6569inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const {
if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl())
  return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD);
return false;
6573}

6575inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) {
if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
  if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
    return FT->getExtInfo();
} else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
  return FT->getExtInfo();

return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
6583}

6585inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) {
return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
6587}

6589/// Determine whether this type is more
6590/// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
6591/// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
6592/// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
6593/// int".
6594inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers();
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals));
6598}

6600/// Determine whether this type is at last
6601/// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
6602/// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
6603/// "int", and "const volatile int".
6604inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();

// Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void.
if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
  OtherQuals.removeUnaligned();

return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals);
6612}

6614/// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
6615/// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
6616/// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
6617/// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
6618///
6619///   If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
6620///   8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
6621///   analysis, the expression designates the object or function
6622///   denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
6623inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return RefType->getPointeeType();
else
  return *this;
6628}

6630inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const {
return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
        getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6633}

6635/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
6636///
6637/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
6638inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
return isVoidType() ||
       isNullPtrType() ||
       // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
       // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
       (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
6644}

6646/// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
6647///
6648/// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
6649inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
// C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
//   Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
//    -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
return isArrayType() ||
//    -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
       isFunctionType() ||
//    -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
       isPointerType() ||
//    -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
       isReferenceType() ||
//    -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
       isRecordType() ||
//    -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
//               types at different times;
       isUnionType() ||
//    -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
       isEnumeralType() ||
//    -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
       isMemberPointerType();
6669}

6671inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
6673}

6675inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
6677}

6679inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
6681}

6683inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6685}

6687inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6689}

6691inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6693}

6695inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6697}

6699inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const {
// Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an
// object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv
// void.
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6707}

6709inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6714}

6716inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>())
  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
else
  return false;
6721}

6723inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6725}

6727inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
else
  return false;
6732}

6734inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
  return T->isMemberDataPointer();
else
  return false;
6739}

6741inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6743}

6745inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6747}

6749inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6751}

6753inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6755}

6757inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6759}

6761inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
6763}

6765inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
6767}

6769inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
6771}

6773inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
6775}

6777inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
6779}

6781inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
6783}

6785inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const {
return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType);
6787}

6789inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const {
return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType);
6791}

6793inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const {
return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType);
6795}

6797inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
33
←
Assuming field 'CanonicalType' is a 'ObjCObjectPointerType'→
34
←
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later→
6799}

6801inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6803}

6805inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const {
return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
  isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6808}

6810inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
6812}

6814inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const {
return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType);
6816}

6818inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
return false;
6822}

6824inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
return false;
6828}

6830inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCIdType();
return false;
6834}

6836inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
  return OPT->isObjCClassType();
return false;
6840}

6842inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
  return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
return false;
6846}

6848inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
6850}

6852inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const {
return isa<DecltypeType>(this);
6854}

6856#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6860#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"

6862inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
6864}

6866inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
6868}

6870inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
6872}

6874inline bool Type::isQueueT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
6876}

6878inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
6880}

6882inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
6883#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6885#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
    false; // end boolean or operation
6887}

6889inline bool Type::isPipeType() const {
return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType);
6891}

6893inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const {
return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType);
6895}

6897#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
}
6901#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"

6903inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const {
6904#define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \
isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() ||
return
6907#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6909}

6911inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const {
6912#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() ||
return
6914#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
  false; // end of boolean or operation
6916}

6918inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() ||
       isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType();
6921}

6923inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
6925}

6927inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
  return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K);
}
return false;
6932}

6934inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isPlaceholderType();
return false;
6938}

6940inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
    return BT;
return nullptr;
6945}

6947inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((void)0);
return isSpecificBuiltinType(K);
6950}

6952inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
  return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
return false;
6956}

6958inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void);
6960}

6962inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
// FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half);
6965}

6967inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16);
6969}

6971inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16);
6973}

6975inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128);
6977}

6979inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr);
6981}

6983bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *);
6984bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);

6986inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
    !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
}
return isExtIntType();
6997}

6999inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
7005}

7007inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const {
return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType();
7009}

7011inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
}
return false;
7017}

7019inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType();
7021}

7023inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
  return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) ||
          (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract &&
           BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract));
}
return false;
7035}

7037inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const {
return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType();
7039}

7041inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined.  Incomplete enums
  // are not treated as scalar types.
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
       isExtIntType();
7055}

7057inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
         BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;

// Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
// enumeration type in the sense required here.
if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());

return isExtIntType();
7068}

7070inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
return false;
7074}

7076inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType();
return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
7079}

7081/// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
7082/// an overloaded operator.
7083inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
7085}

7087/// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name.
7088inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const {
if (getAs<TypedefType>())
  return true;
if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
  return TST->isTypeAlias();
return false;
7094}

7096/// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
7097inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
7099}

7101inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
        isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
7104}

7106inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const {
return isObjCObjectPointerType();
7108}

7110inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
const Type *type = this;
while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
  type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
return type;
7115}

7117inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const {
const Type *type = this;
if (type->isAnyPointerType())
  return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
else if (type->isArrayType())
  return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
return type;
7124}
7125/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress
7126/// spaces into a diagnostic with <<.
7127inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           LangAS AS) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace);
return PD;
7132}

7134/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers
7135/// into a diagnostic with <<.
7136inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           Qualifiers Q) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
return PD;
7141}

7143/// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics.  This allows sending QualType's
7144/// into a diagnostic with <<.
7145inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD,
                                           QualType T) {
PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
                DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype);
return PD;
7150}

7152// Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
7153// not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
7154template <typename T>
7155using TypeIsArrayType =
  std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
                                   std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>;

7159// Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
7160template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7175}

7177template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!");

// If this is directly a T type, return it.
if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
  return Ty;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the
// type.
const Type *Ty = this;
while (Ty) {
  if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty))
    Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty))
    Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty))
    Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty))
    Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr();
  else
    break;
}

// Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>,
// since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type.
return dyn_cast<T>(Ty);
7209}

7211inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
// If this is directly an array type, return it.
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
  return arr;

// If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
  return nullptr;

// If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
// losing all typedef information.
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7223}

7225template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
              "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!");

if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((void)0);
return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7232}

7234inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((void)0);
if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
7238}

7240DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr,
                       QualType CanonicalPtr)
  : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) {
7243#ifndef NDEBUG1
QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted);
assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((void)0);
7247#endif
7248}

7250QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const {
QualType Decayed = getDecayedType();
(void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed);
return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType();
7254}

7256// Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented
7257// as a scaled integer.
7258// TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an
7259// APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale.
7260void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val,
                           unsigned Scale);

7263} // namespace clang

7265#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H

←

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/llvm/include/llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h

1//===- llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h - Discriminated Union of 2 Ptrs --*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file defines the PointerUnion class, which is a discriminated union of
10// pointer types.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

14#ifndef LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H
15#define LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H

17#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
18#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
19#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
20#include <cassert>
21#include <cstddef>
22#include <cstdint>

24namespace llvm {

26template <typename T> struct PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn {
using Return = T;
28};

30/// Get a type based on whether two types are the same or not.
31///
32/// For:
33///
34/// \code
35///   using Ret = typename PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, EQ, NE>::Return;
36/// \endcode
37///
38/// Ret will be EQ type if T1 is same as T2 or NE type otherwise.
39template <typename T1, typename T2, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE>
40struct PointerUnionTypeSelector {
using Return = typename PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn<RET_NE>::Return;
42};

44template <typename T, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE>
45struct PointerUnionTypeSelector<T, T, RET_EQ, RET_NE> {
using Return = typename PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn<RET_EQ>::Return;
47};

49template <typename T1, typename T2, typename RET_EQ, typename RET_NE>
50struct PointerUnionTypeSelectorReturn<
  PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, RET_EQ, RET_NE>> {
using Return =
    typename PointerUnionTypeSelector<T1, T2, RET_EQ, RET_NE>::Return;
54};

56namespace pointer_union_detail {
/// Determine the number of bits required to store integers with values < n.
/// This is ceil(log2(n)).
constexpr int bitsRequired(unsigned n) {
  return n > 1 ? 1 + bitsRequired((n + 1) / 2) : 0;
}

template <typename... Ts> constexpr int lowBitsAvailable() {
  return std::min<int>({PointerLikeTypeTraits<Ts>::NumLowBitsAvailable...});
}

/// Find the index of a type in a list of types. TypeIndex<T, Us...>::Index
/// is the index of T in Us, or sizeof...(Us) if T does not appear in the
/// list.
template <typename T, typename ...Us> struct TypeIndex;
template <typename T, typename ...Us> struct TypeIndex<T, T, Us...> {
  static constexpr int Index = 0;
};
template <typename T, typename U, typename... Us>
struct TypeIndex<T, U, Us...> {
  static constexpr int Index = 1 + TypeIndex<T, Us...>::Index;
};
template <typename T> struct TypeIndex<T> {
  static constexpr int Index = 0;
};

/// Find the first type in a list of types.
template <typename T, typename...> struct GetFirstType {
  using type = T;
};

/// Provide PointerLikeTypeTraits for void* that is used by PointerUnion
/// for the template arguments.
template <typename ...PTs> class PointerUnionUIntTraits {
public:
  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; }
  static inline void *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { return P; }
  static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = lowBitsAvailable<PTs...>();
};

template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename ...Types>
class PointerUnionMembers;

template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I>
class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I> {
protected:
  ValTy Val;
  PointerUnionMembers() = default;
  PointerUnionMembers(ValTy Val) : Val(Val) {}

  friend struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<Derived>;
};

template <typename Derived, typename ValTy, int I, typename Type,
          typename ...Types>
class PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I, Type, Types...>
    : public PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...> {
  using Base = PointerUnionMembers<Derived, ValTy, I + 1, Types...>;
public:
  using Base::Base;
  PointerUnionMembers() = default;
  PointerUnionMembers(Type V)
      : Base(ValTy(const_cast<void *>(
                       PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)),
                   I)) {}

  using Base::operator=;
  Derived &operator=(Type V) {
    this->Val = ValTy(
        const_cast<void *>(PointerLikeTypeTraits<Type>::getAsVoidPointer(V)),
        I);
    return static_cast<Derived &>(*this);
  };
};
130}

132/// A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator
133/// in the low bit of the pointer.
134///
135/// This implementation is extremely efficient in space due to leveraging the
136/// low bits of the pointer, while exposing a natural and type-safe API.
137///
138/// Common use patterns would be something like this:
139///    PointerUnion<int*, float*> P;
140///    P = (int*)0;
141///    printf("%d %d", P.is<int*>(), P.is<float*>());  // prints "1 0"
142///    X = P.get<int*>();     // ok.
143///    Y = P.get<float*>();   // runtime assertion failure.
144///    Z = P.get<double*>();  // compile time failure.
145///    P = (float*)0;
146///    Y = P.get<float*>();   // ok.
147///    X = P.get<int*>();     // runtime assertion failure.
148template <typename... PTs>
149class PointerUnion
  : public pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionMembers<
        PointerUnion<PTs...>,
        PointerIntPair<
            void *, pointer_union_detail::bitsRequired(sizeof...(PTs)), int,
            pointer_union_detail::PointerUnionUIntTraits<PTs...>>,
        0, PTs...> {
// The first type is special because we want to directly cast a pointer to a
// default-initialized union to a pointer to the first type. But we don't
// want PointerUnion to be a 'template <typename First, typename ...Rest>'
// because it's much more convenient to have a name for the whole pack. So
// split off the first type here.
using First = typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type;
using Base = typename PointerUnion::PointerUnionMembers;

164public:
PointerUnion() = default;

PointerUnion(std::nullptr_t) : PointerUnion() {}
using Base::Base;

/// Test if the pointer held in the union is null, regardless of
/// which type it is.
bool isNull() const { return !this->Val.getPointer(); }
27
←
Assuming the condition is false→
28
←
Returning zero, which participates in a condition later→

explicit operator bool() const { return !isNull(); }

/// Test if the Union currently holds the type matching T.
template <typename T> bool is() const {
  constexpr int Index = pointer_union_detail::TypeIndex<T, PTs...>::Index;
  static_assert(Index < sizeof...(PTs),
                "PointerUnion::is<T> given type not in the union");
  return this->Val.getInt() == Index;
}

/// Returns the value of the specified pointer type.
///
/// If the specified pointer type is incorrect, assert.
template <typename T> T get() const {
  assert(is<T>() && "Invalid accessor called")((void)0);
  return PointerLikeTypeTraits<T>::getFromVoidPointer(this->Val.getPointer());
}

/// Returns the current pointer if it is of the specified pointer type,
/// otherwise returns null.
template <typename T> T dyn_cast() const {
  if (is<T>())
    return get<T>();
  return T();
}

/// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to
/// it.
First const *getAddrOfPtr1() const {
  return const_cast<PointerUnion *>(this)->getAddrOfPtr1();
}

/// If the union is set to the first pointer type get an address pointing to
/// it.
First *getAddrOfPtr1() {
  assert(is<First>() && "Val is not the first pointer")((void)0);
  assert(((void)0)
      PointerLikeTypeTraits<First>::getAsVoidPointer(get<First>()) ==((void)0)
          this->Val.getPointer() &&((void)0)
      "Can't get the address because PointerLikeTypeTraits changes the ptr")((void)0);
  return const_cast<First *>(
      reinterpret_cast<const First *>(this->Val.getAddrOfPointer()));
}

/// Assignment from nullptr which just clears the union.
const PointerUnion &operator=(std::nullptr_t) {
  this->Val.initWithPointer(nullptr);
  return *this;
}

/// Assignment from elements of the union.
using Base::operator=;

void *getOpaqueValue() const { return this->Val.getOpaqueValue(); }
static inline PointerUnion getFromOpaqueValue(void *VP) {
  PointerUnion V;
  V.Val = decltype(V.Val)::getFromOpaqueValue(VP);
  return V;
}
233};

235template <typename ...PTs>
236bool operator==(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) {
return lhs.getOpaqueValue() == rhs.getOpaqueValue();
238}

240template <typename ...PTs>
241bool operator!=(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) {
return lhs.getOpaqueValue() != rhs.getOpaqueValue();
243}

245template <typename ...PTs>
246bool operator<(PointerUnion<PTs...> lhs, PointerUnion<PTs...> rhs) {
return lhs.getOpaqueValue() < rhs.getOpaqueValue();
248}

250// Teach SmallPtrSet that PointerUnion is "basically a pointer", that has
251// # low bits available = min(PT1bits,PT2bits)-1.
252template <typename ...PTs>
253struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<PointerUnion<PTs...>> {
static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(const PointerUnion<PTs...> &P) {
  return P.getOpaqueValue();
}

static inline PointerUnion<PTs...> getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
  return PointerUnion<PTs...>::getFromOpaqueValue(P);
}

// The number of bits available are the min of the pointer types minus the
// bits needed for the discriminator.
static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = PointerLikeTypeTraits<decltype(
    PointerUnion<PTs...>::Val)>::NumLowBitsAvailable;
266};

268// Teach DenseMap how to use PointerUnions as keys.
269template <typename ...PTs> struct DenseMapInfo<PointerUnion<PTs...>> {
using Union = PointerUnion<PTs...>;
using FirstInfo =
    DenseMapInfo<typename pointer_union_detail::GetFirstType<PTs...>::type>;

static inline Union getEmptyKey() { return Union(FirstInfo::getEmptyKey()); }

static inline Union getTombstoneKey() {
  return Union(FirstInfo::getTombstoneKey());
}

static unsigned getHashValue(const Union &UnionVal) {
  intptr_t key = (intptr_t)UnionVal.getOpaqueValue();
  return DenseMapInfo<intptr_t>::getHashValue(key);
}

static bool isEqual(const Union &LHS, const Union &RHS) {
  return LHS == RHS;
}
288};

290} // end namespace llvm

292#endif // LLVM_ADT_POINTERUNION_H